REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

________

MINISTRY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT

PROJECT COORDINATION UNIT

LOCAL GOVERNMENT MANAGEMENT AND SERVICE DELIVERY PROGRAM

(LGMSDP)________

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK.

FINAL REPORT

July 30, 2007________

E1696

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 BACKGROUND

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 CONTEXT AND OBJECTIVES OF THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT MANAGEMENT AND SERVICE DELIVERY PROGRAMME

2.2 PROJECT COMPONENTS

2.3 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

3. BIOPHYSICAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF THE COUNTRY

3.1 BIOPHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT3.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

4. OBJECTIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (ESMP)

4.1 THE OBJECTIVE OF THIS ESMF4.2 METHODOLOGY USED TO PREPARE THE ESMF

5. POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT

5.1 POLICY FRAMEWORK5.2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK5.3 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK5.4 DECENTRALIZATION – LOCAL GOVERNMENT5.5 INSTITUTIONAL AND LEGAL CONSTRAINTS

6. OVERVIEW OF THE WORLD BANK’S SAFEGUARD POLICIES

7. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS OF THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT PROGRAM

7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT PROGRAM7.2 SOCIAL IMPACTS OF ACTIVITIES OF THE PROGRAM

8. THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING PROCESS

8.1 THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING PROCESS8.2 THE SCREENING STEPS

1

8.3 RESPONSIBLITIES FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SCREENING PROCESS

8.4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING FORM (ESSF)

9. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP)

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ACTIVITIES

9.2 INSTITUTIONS RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTING AND MONITORING THE MITIGATION MEASURES

9.3 CAPACITY BUILDING FOR THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT OF THE PROGRAM

9.4 MONITORING PLAN – MONITRING INDICATORS9.5 BUDGET FOR THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT OF THE

PROGRAM 9.6 INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT TO NEMA AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS

10. RECOMMENDATIONS

ANNEXES

ANNEX 1: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING FORM (ESSF) ANNEX 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CHECKLISTS

ANNEX 3: ENVIRONMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTORSANNEX 4: SUMMARY OF THE WORLD BANK PROTECTION POLICIESANNEX 5: SAMPLE EIA TERMS OF REFERENCE

ANNEX 6: ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (i.e. Table 1?)ANNEX 7: NATIONAL MEDICAL WASTE MANAGEMENT PLANANNEX 8: ENVIRONMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR RURAL WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION SUB-PROJECTS

2

LIST OF ACRONYMS

BOD Bio-Oxygen DemandEA Environmental AnalysisEFP : Environmental Focal PointEIA Environmental Impact AssessmentEMP Environment Management PlanENR Environment and Natural resourcesESA Environmental and Social AssessmentESMF : Environmental and Social Management FrameworkESSF Environment and Social Screening FormGOU Government of UgandaHIV/AIDS Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immunodeficiency SyndromeHLG Higher Local GovernmentLGDP Local Government Development Program LGMSDP Local Government Management and Service Delivery Program LGI Local Government InstitutionLLG Lower Local GovernmentNAA : Non-Governmental Organisation Affairs Agency NEMA : National Environment Management AuthorityNEMAC : National Environmental Management Council NEMP National Environmental Management ProgramNGO Non-Governmental OrganizationOP : Operational PolicyPCU Project Coordination UnitPRSP Poverty Reduction Strategy PaperRAP Resettlement Action PlanRPF : Resettlement Policy Framework RSP Resettlement Screening PlanSEAF Strategic Environmental Assessment FrameworkTAC : Technical Advisory Committee TOR Terms of ReferenceTPC Technical Planning Committee VDC : Village Development CommitteeWB World Bank

3

4

REPUBLIC OF UGANDA

LOCAL GOVERNMENT MANGEMENT AND SERVICE DELIVERY PROGRAM

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. BackgroundThe Government of Uganda, in conformity with the constitution and The Local Government Act of 1997 and, in particular, in its CAP 243 transferred the responsibility for service delivery from central to Local Government (LGs).

The second schedule of the Act decentralized environment and natural resources management to LGs. It is within this context that this current project, LGDP 11 has been building up the capacities of LGs, amongst other activities in environmental and social screening, assessment and management of its programme.

To ensure that investments are carried out in an environmentally and socially sustainable manner, the project, in collaboration with the National Environmental Management Authority (NEMA) and others developed an Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) and a Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) to serve as management tools in the execution of the LG programmes.

The objective of this present assignment is to revise these latter framework documents so as to come up with more practical, efficient and effective frameworks for use in the management of the sub-projects of the new Local Government Management and Service Delivery Programme presently being formulated.

2. PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

2.1 ContextThis programme, as with LGDP II will evolve within the context of Uganda’s constitution and the Local Government Act of 1997 with all it’s captions and schedules, all regulating the decentralized local government system in Uganda. Under the Component on the Local Development Grant the program will cover all aspects of municipal and rural development includingamong others:

roads (community feeder roads in particular) education facilities such as classrooms, teachers’ houses, desks etc. health facilities such as health centres, hospital equipment (beds and matresses, drug and

file cabinets, surgical facilities, staff houses, placenter pits etc.; rural electrification,

5

water supply, which will include protecting wells and springs, water tap stands, boreholes, gravity flow schemes, water reticulation systems for small townships etc.

sanitation, which will include pit latrine construction, solid waste disposal facilities like skips and refuse bunkers,

solid and liquid waste disposal, drainage, markets with their associated water, sanitation and waste disposal facilities, entomology, in particular malaria, bilharzia, sleeping sickness control facilities and

others, bee-keeping, aqua-culture and other community-based income-generating pursuits, agriculture, forestry, fisheries and animal husbandry and any other community-based or

LG activities.

2.2 The Local Government Structure

The local Government structure, as embodied in the Act of 1997 provides for the system of local government described as follows:

Administratively, Uganda is divided into five levels of local Governments whereby each level has statutory functions with respect to participatory development planning.

The five levels are as follows

Local Government Unit Level District councils and 5 Kampala City council

County councils and 4 Municipal councils

Sub county councils 3 Town councils Municipal Divisions

City Divisions Parish Councils 2 Village Councils 1

There are 80 districts and each district is sub-divided into counties, which in turn are divided into sub- counties/towns followed by parishes and villages. There are 13 Municipal councils, which are divided into Municipal Divisions followed by parishes and villages. There is one city council, which is Kampala City council, which is divided into 4 city divisions.

6

The District Councils, City Councils, Municipal Councils, Sub councils, Municipal Division Councils and Town councils are Local Governments. The County Councils, Parish Councils and village Councils are administrative Units.

Local Governments are corporate bodies and are charged with the responsibility of providing services, which are stipulated in part 11 of the second Schedule of the Local Government Act 1997 with the following powers, functions and responsibilities devolved to them;

- The powers to prepare approve and implement their own development plans based on locally determined priorities.

- The powers to prepare, approve and implement their own budgets- The power to raise and utilize their own resources according to their own priorities after

making legally mandated transfers.- The power to make ordinances and by laws as long as they do not contradict the

constitution and other national laws.- The power to hire, manage and dismiss their own staff.- The powers to manage their own payrolls and separate personnel system.

Local Governments are by law required to formulate three year rolling development plans. The plans should incorporate priorities and plans for lower councils. Also, this statute mandates village and parish executive committees to initiate, encourage and participate in self-help projects and to monitor local governments.

At district and Municipal levels, the District Environment Officer Municipal Environment Officer will be responsible for environment and natural resource management while at lower LGs level it will be an extension officer designated as an Environment Focal Person. The Ministry of Local Government in conjunction with NEMA will advise and guide LGs on the implementation of the ESMF and will carry out periodic monitoring and inspection to ensure compliance with the framework.

The Guidelines to Participatory Planning and Management

The guidelines to Participatory Planning and Management for local governments exist to provide agencies working in communities with a framework that will form the basis for participatory bottom up planning. The guidelines will also serve as a tool to facilitate local government councils to review their performance against previous plans. This guidelines focus very much on Participatory Approaches to Planning, is consistent with the provisions of the Constitution, the Local Government Act 1997, the Decentralization Policy and the LGDP I and 11 followed very closely the provisions in these guidelines. This is now the “bible” as to how the management of planning occurs in local governments, the relationship in this process between the Ministry of Local Government and the Local Government institutions and is fully operational on the ground.

7

Table 1: Division of Responsibility for Different Categories of Investment Sub-Projects

Community projects Sub-community /town council projects

District projects

Identification Beneficiaries, community level

parish & sub-county/division/town council

By the parish passed to sub-country/division/town council, or by sub-county/divisions/town council then passed to district or by the district.

Initial prioritization Parish development committee, endorsed by parish council

Investment committee, endorsed by local government council

District Council

Design/ costing Investment committee Investment committee District Technical Dept.(or service provider, where service cannot be provided by the dept.

Appraisal/ screening – environmental social

SC/TC Technical Planning Committee facilitated by the SC/TC EFP

SC/TC Technical Planning Committee with comments for District Technical Committee facilitated by the SC/TC EFP

District/Municipal Technical Planning Committee (D/M TPC) facilitated by the District/Municipal Environment Officer (D/MEO)

Allocation/ approvalApproval of environmental and social screening results

SC/TC Local Council advised/guided by the SC/TC EFP

SC/TC Local Government Council advised/guided by the SC/TC EFP

District Council advised/guided by the D/MEO

Tendering (preparation of tender documents)

N/A SC/TC heads of sectors guided by advised/guided by the SC/TC EFP on enviroment mitigation measures.

District/Municipal heads of sectors advised/guided by the D/MEO on environment mitigation measures.

Construction Local hire of labour.

Implementation of environment mitigation measures guided by the SC/TC EFP

.Implementation of environment mitigation measures guided by the SC/TC EFP

.Implementation of environment mitigation measures guided by the D/MEO

Supervision Sub-Country/ Division/Town Council Technical Planning Committee & sector heads District Tech. Dept or Service Provider.

SC/TC TPC guided by the SC/TC EFP on implementation of environment mitigation measures guided by the SC/TC EFP Implementation of environment mitigation measures guided by the SC/TC EFP technical committee

District/Municipal TPCguided by the D/MEO on implementation of the environment mitigation measures

Monitoring Project management committee, local council, parish chief, SC/TCEnvironmental Focal PersonPoint

Project management committee,

Project management committee, District TPC

Ownership Project Management committee

Various possibilities: a) parish or sub-county/division/town council,b) CBOc) local council

Various possibilities:a) parish or

sub-country/division/town council,

b) CBO,c) Local Councild) District

Operation and maintenance of environmental

User group arrangements, project management committees

Owners responsibility, but Sub-County/ Division/ Town Council if recurrent costs at that level, Project Management Committee.

Owners responsibility plus district recurrent costs; project management committees/

8

2.3 Development Objectives

2.3.1 Program objectives and phases

The overall program objective (PO) is the long term sustainable development in phases over the next ten years. The PO should be grounded and aligned with government policies and intstitutional priorities over time.It should be linked to the PRSP/PEAP/UJAS, FINMAP, Decentralisation Policy Strategies Framework (DPSF) and the LGSIP.

The project will enhance LGs’ ability to plan, develop and manage human and financial resources effective and sustainable delivery of local government services.

It is intended that the proposed project will be implimented in three phases over ten years. The IDA will support each phase distinctly through a portion of an Adaptable Program Loan. (ALP). Each phase will have programs focusing on development of institutions, building capacity and advancing sector reforms. Each phase will be evaluated to determine constraints encountered during implemention.

This will facilitate continuous adjustment to the program design, early risk identification, and incorporation of corrective measures before expanding to other phases. All phases will have the same Program Objective. APLs have proven to be useful lending instruments that address complex reform programs with long gestational periods and within highly sensitive and volatile environments. It is a vehicle for moving from narrow, time-limited investiment projects to a more comprehensive sector-wide and sustained program.

APL Triggers:

The triggers must be well-defined milestones for moving from one phase of an APL to the next and linking the disbursements of funds with the progress in program implementation towards the longer term program objectives. For the first phase APL, the triggers are anchored in the country sector strategy as well as the institutional capacity. It should focus on essential policy, institutional or physical program for follow-on phase.It must be quantifiable and specific.The benchmarks for each phase are measurements of the progress on the triggers for each phase.

Result Framework And Monitoring

This includes the program development objectives, the anticipated outcome from the proposed program, the outputs from each of the proposed components, and the indicators to be used to monitor and evaluate the performance of the program.

During the presentaion of this program, outcome/ outputs and the indicators to be used will be discussed and agreed upon with stakeholders and refined so that the implementation of the program can be monitored.

9

2.3.2 Desription of the Program Components

The proposed LGMSD program has the following components which would be implemented subject to approval by the IDA Executive Directors, over a three year period 2007-2010.

Component 1- Support to the Public Financial Management Reform Program

The objective of this component is to strengthen Public Financial Management at central and local government levels and ensure the efficient, effective, transparent and accountable use of public resources as a basis for poverty eradication and improved service delivery. The sub-components and activities are under two categories:

a) Support to the Financial Management and Accountability Programme (FINMAP)

The FINMAP has six componentsn namely ; Economic Planning, Budget Systems, Financial Management Services, Oversight, Local Government Financial Management Systems and Management Coordination.

The IDA’s support towards the FINMAP will mainly be towards the support of its following components:

(i) Component 3 : Financial Management Systems in MDAs where the support will mainly be towards the roll out of the Oracle Financials1 based Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) to 28 agency and ministry sites;

(ii) Component 5 : Local Government Financial Management Systems where the support will mainly be towards the roll out of the IFMS to a potential 32 sites split between the First Tier IFMS and Second Tier IFMS2. The second tier IFMS will be first piloted then later rolled out. Under the third tier, strengthen the existing manual accounting systems in 79 districts, 13 municipalities, 92 town councils and 857 sub-counties; and

(iii) Component 6 : Management Support where IDA will provide resources for the management team of the FINMAP.

(b) Local Government PFM Reform Program

The support will mainly be towards four activities: (i) professional training and capacity building for accountants, procurement staff, inspectors and District Local Government Public Accounts Committees (LGPACs); (ii) interventions in good governance that will include mainstreaming the key elements of the Good Governance and Anti-Corruption Strategy in LGs and strengthening procurement in district Procurement and Disposal Units; (iii) increase local government revenue mainly through supporting the effective collection of the new taxes; and (iv) strengthening the monitoring and supervision function of the MoLG Inspectorate Department that will include setting up an Internal Audit and Procurement Supervision unit.

1 Oracle based IFMS is also known as the First Tier IFMS.2 Second Tier IFMS is expected to be a system that will cost cheaper than the current Oracle Financial

system but have acceptable control systems for PFM.

10

Component 2   : Support to the Decentralization Policy Strategic Framework

Component 2 has four sub-components listed below.

a) Sub-component 1 : Local Development/Community Driven Development Grant

The component will avail discretionary development budget to LGs and communities to facilitate them to provide services consistent with the PEAP objectives and sectors’ service delivery norms/standards.

The Objectives of the LDG – The LDG will be accessed by all the LGs and communities to achieve the following objectives:

To support LGs with discretionary development funds to deliver quality and sustainable basic services

Empower communities to effectively participate in the planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of community-level initiatives for service delivery and livelihoods.

Integrate a CDD approach into decentralized service delivery systems by creating a mechanism within local government for channeling harmonized support to community-level activities.

LGs will use the LDG to undertake complementary activities which will make existing investments more functional rather than investing in new infrastructures. The choice of the investments will be guided by the service delivery packages (menu) provided by sectors. The CDD menu will focus on ‘software’ activities (change management), productive investments and small-scale investments that communities themselves can implement and maintain.

b) Sub-component 2 : Support to the Local Governments in Northern Uganda Grant

The objective of this sub-component is to strengthen local government institutions in Northern Uganda for improved service delivery. The project will support activities in the following areas: (i) recruitment and retention of local government staff; (ii) training and technical assistance; (iii) construction, refurbishment and retooling of local government offices; (iv) urban planning and development in emerging growth centres; and (v) monitoring and evaluation.

The package of support included in this sub-component reflects discussions with the Ministry of Local Government over the last two years. However, the activities will be dependent on the finalisation of the Government of Uganda’s Peace Recovery and Development Plan (PRDP) for the North and the commitments of other development partners.

c)Sub-component 3 : Capacity Building

11

This component will build the capcities of MoLG staff and that of LGs to be able to play their statutory roles in a professional manner and more effiently and effectively.

Component 3- Institutional and Policy Support to Government

The objective of this component is to support the process of change management within the Ministry of Local Government (MoLG) and local governments (LGs) such that work methods and modes of delivering local government services are realigned to enhance coordination within a multi-sectoral framework. In addition to providing support to the management and coordination of activities being carried out under the program, in a broad sense the component will support:

(i) the processes of realignment and strengthening of MoLG to enhance its ability to oversee the implementation of newly-introduced sectoral reforms;

(ii) activities related to the aftermath of restructuring of local governments with a view to ensuring that the capacity demands created are satisfied;

(iii) facilitating the dissemination and institutionalization of service delivery standards and packages within the LGs;

(iv) strengthening and improving the coordination of the delivery of services in the urban planning areas; and

(v) enhancing the national assessment and audit processes and strengthening sectoral monitoring and evaluation (M&E) systems to improve performance management at the LG level.

The implementation of ESMF and the RPF will be supported by component 2 (Support to the decentralisation Policy strategic framework) and component 3 ( Institutional and Policy Support to Government).

The LGMSDP was assessed as Environmental Category B program.

3. BIOPHYSICAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF THE COUNTRY

3.1. Location

Uganda has an area of 241,500 km² and is bounded by Sudan to the North, the Democratic Republic of the Congo to the west, Tanzania and Rawanda to the South and Kenya to the East. 15.3% of it’s land area is covered by water.

Uganda contains and shares some of the world’s most important eco-systems with it’s neighbours and beyond and notably Lakes Victoria, Albert, Edward, The Nile Basin, it’s mountain systems such as the Rowenzeri, Elgon and Virungas series as well as several parks.

It has a crucial role to play in the conservation of biodiversity in the sub-region and the world at large.

12

3.2 Climate and Vegetation

Climate

The Inter-Tropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ) and the air currents such as the southeast and northeast monsoons influence the climate in Uganda. In most parts of the country, the seasons are fairly well marked- as rainy and dry seasons. Depending on the elevation and landscape, the mean temperature over the whole country show great variations. However, in areas adjacent to water bodies such as Lake Victoria, maritime conditions tend to modify the temperatures. The variation in mean monthly and annul evaporation rates are much smaller that corresponding variations in rainfall, which respectively, are 10-20% and 20-40% in the southern and northern parts of the country. The movement of the ITCZ is to a great extent responsible for the variations in meteorological factors that determine evaporation.

Taking precipitation in a given area as the dependent variable, Uganda has fourteen climate zones (figure 2.3). Based on hydro-climatic studies, two zones M and C in the southern region were subdivided along longitude 30 75’ in order to show clearly the relatively dry column along what is popularly known as the cattle corridor. Zone A1 covering the western lake basin, which extends into Masaka and Rakai was also subdivided into two zones in order to separate the eastern part where rainfall is much higher than the western parts with lower precipitation. This gives a total of 7 zones. The future intention is to further subdivide a few more zones, particularly zone B, where there are rather wide variations in the spatial rainfall amounts (WRMD 2003).

When further considered with agriculture and altitude, one can identify two highland agriculture zones in Uganda and seven zones with different agro-climatic potential.

13

14

Table 2

Average pentad wetness indices for all zones

A1 A2 B CE CW D E F G H I J K L ME MWMean annual zone rainfall (mm)

1404 1472 1255 932 1145 1321 1246 1327 761 1193 1342 1405 1284 1275 1050 12361

Jan

234567

Feb

8910111213

Mar

141516171819

Apr

202122232425

May

262728293031

Jun

323334353637

Jul

383940414443

Aug

444546474849

Sep

505152535455

Oct

5657585960616263

Source WRMD (2003)

15

Vegetation

Vegetation is the most practical way of describing the ecosystem of a country, because the different types are most practical and easily observable than most other organisms (pomeroy et al 2002) although Uganda has been inhabited by people for tens of thousand of years, agriculture, with its modifying effects on vegetation did not begin until 2 300 years ago (Jolly et al 1087). Therefore, one can argue that no ecosystem in the country is completely ‘natural’ in the sense that it is unaffected by human activities (Pomeroy et al 2002). Not all modifying effects originate from Uganda. Osmaston & Kaser (2001) showed that the upper reaches of the Rwenzori Mountain are already showing marked changes with receding ice caps, probably due to global warming.

The studies of Langdale- Brown et al (1964) and the National Biomass Study Project their classifications were considered the most useful and are shown in the tables below:

Table 3 The 22 letter grades of the language- brown el al vegetation type and open water. On the left are the corresponding biomes. The approximate extent each type is given in table 2.

Biome L-B Communities Characteristics HIGHALT A. High altitude moorland and

heathMainly above 3000m, and including the giant species of senecio and lobelia, as well as ice and rocks.

FOR

ESTE

D

B. High altitude forests Montana forests, above 1500m, and including bamboo zones in some places.

C. Medium altitude moist evergreen forests

Widespread below 1 500m

D. Medium altitude moist semi-deciduous forest

Also widespread, typically in the areas of lower rainfall.

F. Forest / savanna mosiaics These can extend as high as 3000m, with forest in the valleys and savanna on the ridges, maintained by fire.

MO

IST

SAV

AN

NA

S

G. Moist thickets Thickets can occur as climax vegetation, but also as pot-cultivation precursors of forest.

H. Woodlands “..have neither the many layers structure of the forests nor the dense, dominant grass layer of the savannas” (L-B)

J. Moist accia savanna Probably derived from forest by “Long continued cutting and burning (L-B)

K. Moist Combretum savannas Dominated by combretum trees and hyparrhenia grasses

L. Busyrospermum savanna Typical of monomodal rainfall zones in the area of former cultivation.

DR

Y L

AN

DS

M. Palm savanna Dominated by borassus palms, the grasslands are maintained by fire.

N. Dry combretum savanna Fire influenced this type again, acacia is often present too

P. Dry acacia savanna

Q Grass savanna Extensive tall grasslands, dominated by themeda trindra or species of hyparrhenia

R. Tree and Shrub steppes Typical of areas with 6-700mm a year of rain, with many small trees shrubs.

S. Grass steppes Areas of short grass and bare ground, mainly in Karamoja

T. Bush lands There are characteristic of overgrazed areas which would otherwise be more open savannas

16

V. Dry thickets Dense spiny trees and shrubs which can become almost impenetrable

WET

LAN

DS

W. Communities on sites with impended drainage

Most extensive in valley bottoms and often with large termite mounds covered by thickets

WW. Open water Not an L-B category, but obviously important. standing water less than 6m deep is classified as wetland under the Ramsar convention.

X. Swamp Permanent swaps, often dominated by papyrus and other macrophytes

Y. Swamp forests Seasonally or in some cases permanent flooded forests occur most notably in Sango Bay area.

POST

CU

LT

IVA

TI Z. Post –Cultivation communities

In the days shifting cultivation, post – cultivation communities were wide spread: but many are now cultivated more-or-lass permanently.

Note: our own assessment

Source: pomeroy et al (2002)

17

Table 4 correspondence between language-brown vegetation types (row) and national biomass categories (column) figures are in sq km.

Bro

adle

ave

d tre

e pl

anta

tions

or

woo

dlot

s

Con

ifero

us

plan

tatio

ns

Trop

ical

hi

gh fo

rest

-fu

lly

stoc

ked

Trop

ical

hi

gh fo

rest

de

grad

ed

Woo

d la

nd

Bus

hlan

d

Gra

ssla

nd

wet

land

Farm

land

sm

all s

cale

Farm

land

la

rge-

scal

e

Bui

lt-up

ar

ea

Ope

n w

ater

Tota

l

A High altitude moorland and heath 0 0 135a 0 339 14a 189 0 0 0 0 0 677

B High altitude forests 0 30 1,023 295 784 478 187 0 279 0 0 0 3,078

C Medium altitude moist evergreen forest 0 5 1,369 212 42 5 145 24 1.125 13 5 270 3,215

D Medium altitude moist evergreen forests 19 4 2,486 428 489 27 135 27 1,544 6 0 89 5,254

F Forest / savanna mosiaics 13 31 1,054 823 1,354 12 757 109 20,007 103 158 75 24,495

G Moist thickets 0 0 126 4 819 232 471 24 850 0 2 60 2,587

H Woodlands 0 3 0 0 1,674 16 457 20 1,968 0 0 29 4,167

J Moist accia savanna 0 0 61 51 802 74 712 23 4,430 0 1 51 6,205

K Moist Combretum savannas 0 2 137 38 2,594 86 1,630 87 10,384 16 11 28 15,013

L Busyrospermum savanna 0 0 0 0 8,479 417 3,589 7 13,211 0 2 0 25,705

M Palm savanna 0 0 1 1 318 39 776 130 1,367 1 9 10 2,652

N Dry combretum savanna 0 37 198 81 13,222 2,581 9,634 116 11,895 6 8 51 37,830

P Dry acacia savanna 0 0 17 9 755 2,543 6,831 56 4,105 9 2 26 14,353

Q Grass savanna 0 25 118 67 2,012 580 6,395 35 4,432 21 19 133 13,837

R Tree and Shrub steppes 0 0 0 0 16 457 837 0 262 0 1 0 1,573

S Grass steppes 0 0 0 0 1 106 691 0 0 0 0 0 798

T Bush lands 0 0 0 0 302 1,503 2,035 0 408 0 0 1 4,249V Dry thickets 0 0 0 1 572 1,800 1,559 71 496 0 0 93 4,592W Communities on sites with impended drainage 1 0 0 13 2,614 1,138 9,601 513 4,685 24 3 138 18,731WW Open water 0 0 64 30 64 17 202 234 174 0 4 34,861 35,649X Swamp 0 1 255 172 675 152 1,671 2,299 2,173 6 11 1,164 8,579Y Swamp forests 0 0 147 1 42 0 46 7 14 0 0 1 259Z. Post –Cultivation communities 2 9 65 9 335 134 666 67 5,477 18 26 83 6,892

35 149 7,257 2,236 38,305 12,408 49,217 3,847 89,287 223 263 37,162 240,388

18

3.3 The People and Population Dynamics

3.3.1 The People

The hospitality of the people of Uganda is acknowledged worldwide. The Uganda constitution 1995 recognizes 46 tribes (GoU 1995) with varying production and consumption patters in the traditional setting. Modes of production and the rural livelihood coping strategies range from mainly cultivators (e.g. Baganda, Bakiga, Bagisu and Basoga) to pastoralists (e.g. the Kaimojog and the Bahima) the rest of the people derive their livelihoods from a mix of livestock keeping and cultivation or agro-pastoralism. In addition, Uganda has been and still is, home to several thousand refugees from neighboring countries. There are also other non-citizens residing in Uganda as a preferred place for home or where they are engaged in various economic activities. This mosaic provides Uganda with a rich cultural base and opportunities for modernization. However, there are also challenges the people of Uganda face, among others are: (i) rapid population growth and the ensuing pressures on the country’ s natural capital; (ii) inadequate provision of, and demand for, social services and infrastructure; and (iii) poor environmental conditions.

3.3.2 Population Dynamics

Growth

In Uganda, the 20th century marked an unprecedented population growth and economic development as well as environmental change. The Census report of 2002 put the country’s population at 24.7 million people in 2003. The current growth rate of 3.4% per year is higher that the 2.9% that was envisaged for the period 1991 – 2002. With the prevailing trends, the population of Uganda is likely to reach close to 50 million by 2025. Figure 2.5 shows the population trends in Uganda from 1959 to 2005. Population is a key determinant of economic and social well being and the underlying force behind environmental degradation.

Considering the size of Uganda and comparing this with cities such as Mexico and Lagos whose populations are in excess of 20 and 13 million people respectively, it can easily be concluded that Uganda does not have a problem with its population size. While absolute numbers may suggest Uganda is relatively under-populated, the concern is the inability to provide for these relatively few people. In the absence of adequate social services, even a small population becomes a constraint. In addition, a poor population however small, needs attending to otherwise its people may engage in activities detrimental to the environment especially where alternative livelihood options are limited.

19

Population Trends in Uganda

1959 - 6.5, 1969 - 9.5, 1980 - 12.6, 1991 - 16.7, 2002 - 24.7, 2003 - 25.5, 2004 -26.4, 2005 - 27.3

1959 – 2002 = Actual2002 – 2005 = Projected Source: UN System (2004)

Structure

A look at the structure of the Ugandan population with respect to age composition reveals that the country is made up mainly of young people (table 2.3). The age group 15 years and below constitutes 49% while those less that 18 years are at 56% of the total population. Interesting to note the fact that children who qualify for enrolment in primary schools (i.e. age group from 6-12 years) constitute 22% of the population!

The proportion of the elderly (dependants) age 60 years and above had decreases from 5.9% in 1969 to 4.5% in 2002. Despite the depicted decrease in the percentage of elderly people, a significant quantitative increase from 556 000 people in 1969 to 1.1 million people in 2002 was recorded (UBOS 2002).

The 2.3 further depicts that the median age of Ugandans has been over time from 17.2 in 1969 to 15.6 in 2002. This indicates that the Ugandan population is becoming younger gradually. When this high population of the young reaches productive age, the result will be a high population growth rate for some year to come (UBOS 2002). Other things being equal, this may also mean increased pressure of the country’s natural resources and possibly higher levels of environmental degradation. On the other hand, a youthful population offers opportunities for the creation of increasing environmental awareness through education within the Universal Primary Education (UPE). THE National Environmental Management Authority has already put in place environmental education strategy for the formal sector (NEMA 1997), which has been incorporated into the formal curriculum. What is required is increased levels of operationalisation of the strategy.

20

Table 5 selected percentages of Uganda’s population 1969, 1991 and 2002

Age category 1969 1991 2002Population aged less than 5 years 19.3 18.9 18.6Population aged 6 – 12 years 22.7 23.3 22.0Population aged less than 15 years 46.2 47.3 49.3Population aged less than 18 years 51.4 53.8 56.1Population aged 10 – 24 years 27.8 33.3 34.3Population aged 18 – 30 years 21.7 23.6 22.4Population aged 60 years or more 5.9 5.0 4.5Median age 17.2 16.3 15.6

3.4 Morphology, Relief and Drainage

Morphology and Relief

Most of Uganda forms part of the interior plateau of the African continent. Uganda is characterized by flat-topped hills in the central, western and eastern parts of the country. The rise of the plateau in the eastern and western part of the country is represented by spectacular mountain topography located along the borders as, for example, the Rwenzori mountains and Mufumbira volcanoes in the west and Mt. Elgon, Mt. Moroto, Mt. Murungole and Mt. Timu in the east. On a straight-line alignment, Mt. Otce in Moyo District is the highest point from the Uganda border up to Cairo, Egypt.

Drainage

Most of the rivers in the southern part of the country drain into Lake Victoria. The waters of the lake them drain the Owen Falls Dam; traversing Victoria Nile and Lake Kyoga into Lake Albert (Lake Albert also receives water from DRC mainly through river Swmliki), the Albert Nile or White Nile in Sudan, down to the Mediterranean sea through Egypt. The drainage pattern represents past geolological adjustments, which include the reversal of the direction of flow of the rivers in Uganda, which originally flowed westwards to Lake Victoria. Areas of impended flow are due to the influence of warping and are associated with the wetland areas. The lakes in Uganda cover almost one-fitfth of the total are of ht country, Lake Victoria, shared with Kenya and Tanzania, is the biggest water body and has spectacular scenic contrasts. It is the second largest fresh water lake in the world. Other lakes of interest are the crater lakes on the western part of the country associated with the western rift valley. The management of the waters and fisheries of lake Victoria, Edward and Albert, which are trans boundary, calls for the need for cooperation with neighboring countries with whom Uganda shares these water bodies. This cooperation is strong in the case of Lake Victoria largely for historical and colonial reasons, but not so for the others as yet. Nevertheless, it is gratifying to note that Uganda, the DRC and other countries have formed the Nile Basin Initiative.

21

Geology and Soils

The geological formations of Uganda reveal very old rocks formed in the pre-Cambrian era around 3000 or 600 million years ago. The younger rocks are either sediments or of volcanic origin, formed from about 135 million years ago (cretaceous period) to the present. Thus, a gap of about 460 million years remains in the knowledge of the geological history of Uganda. A number of parameters define the soils of Uganda and these include parent rock, and the age of soil and climate. The most dominant soil type in ferralistic soil, which accounts for about two-thirds of the soils found in the country. Based on studies carried out in the past (NEMA 1996), Uganda’s soils are divided into six categories according to productivity: (a) very high to high productivity, (b) moderate productivity, (c) fair productivity, (e) low productivity (e) negligible productivity and (f) zero productivity. The high productivity soils cover only 8% of the area of Uganda (MWLE 2001). Considering the country’s size, this is indeed a small area. Therefore, moderate and fair productivity soils must be effectively managed in order to sustain Uganda’s agriculture. Furthermore, through intensive but sustainable agricultural practices, yields on low productivity soils can be enhanced.

3.5. Natural Resources

Atmospheric Resources

Climate is an important resource. Of concern to Ugandans are issues of climate change and climate variability, both imposing adverse impacts on livelihoods, especially of the rural poor. Global research indicates the direct linkage of biodiversity and climate change. The country is a net sink for greenhouse gases. But atmospheric gases know no national boundaries, hence Uganda is also impacted adversely by increases and fluctuation is the earth’s temperature. Increased frequencies of floods and droughts are manifestations of climate change. The erratic onset and cessation of rain as a result of climate variability make it difficult for farmers to plan when to plant crops. There have been instances of frequent crop failures of late. Hence, to reduce vulnerability to the deleterious effects of climate changes and climate variability, adaptation plans including early warning systems need to be put in place.

Terrestrial Resources

Land resources and agriculture

Land is a limiting factor in production. Access to land is increasingly becoming difficult, especially for the poorer segments of society. Land degradation, especially through soil erosion is the single largest contributor to the annual cost of environmental degradation. Loss of soil nutrients is the reason the country’s adjusted net savings are negative, in the absence of other compensatory factors.

With respect to agriculture, the country’s dominant development pathways are: expansion of cereal production; expansion of banana-coffee production; non-farm development; expansion of horticulture; expansion of cotton; and stable coffee production pathways all have implications for the environment which will have to be addressed whichever pathways are followed.

22

Forestry Resources

Except for some recent policy failures, the loss of forest cover in gazetted areas has been reducing and total cover is stabilising. Unfortunately, forests in protected areas make up only 30% of the national forest cover. The remaining 70% are on private and customary land where deforestation rates are high as a result of conversion of forest areas into agricultural and pastoral land. Furthermore, the country’s harvestable timber resources are almost exhausted. Hence, to increase forest cover and ensure increased supply of timber, the Sawlog Production Grant Scheme and other licensing measures including charging economic rents for timber are in place. Furthermore, to ensure that rural communities are being promoted this sector activities. In recognition of the scarcity of land and goods and services provided by trees, agro-forestry schemes are also being promoted as integral components of farming practices.

Rangeland resources and livestock production

Rangelands, mostly found in the ‘cattle corridor’ occupy 107 000km2 or 44% of the country’s land area. In some places, the conditions of the rangelands are deplorably over-grazed or, and through wind and soil erosion, bare. The rangelands are also located in arid and semi-arid areas, themselves fragile ecosystems. In the extreme, pasture and water scarcities are contributing to frequent conflicts between cultivators and pastoralist in the first place, and among pastoralists themselves.

The number of cattle, goats and sheep is on the increase and hence there is need to pay attention to the carrying capacity of Uganda’s rangelands. There is anecdotal evidence that in some locals the carrying capacities of the rangelands are being exceeded. Unfortunately, nobody knows for sure. The need for a livestock census including off-takes, rangelands’ conditions and carrying capacities is crucial at this time.

On the other hand, piggery and poultry are intensive operation. Large scale piggery and poultry operation can generate significant pollution problems. From 1999 to 2003, the number of pigs and birds has reduced somewhat for a variety of reasons.

Wildlife resources

Conservation or resistance to it, are the driving forces influencing Uganda’s wildlife resources. Wildlife constitutes an important resource base for the country – as a source of food and materials,for recreation, tourism, nature studies, scientific research. Wildlife resources occur in protected and un-protected areas. By 1994, wildlife populations whether inside or outside protected areas represented a small fraction of what they were in the 1960s, with some species such as both the black and the white rhino becoming extinct. By 2004, the populations of wildlife in protected areas had stabilised, and some even increased, although marginally so. Outside protected areas, the decline in wildlife population continues almost unabated as a result of increased off-take, the blocking of migratory routes and habitat conversions, among others. The Uganda Wildlife Authority is piloting the conservation of wildlife populations outside protected areas through measures such as the operationalisation of the different classes of wildlife use right provided for in the Wildlife Act. Also, communities adjacent to wildlife protected areas

23

are being encouraged to appreciate the presence of wildlife through benefits (including revenue) sharing.

Mineral resources

Reading from geological formations, there is a significant mineral potential in the country. However, the exact locations of commercially-exploitable deposits in most cases are unknown. Of the ones that are known, on a base case scenario, the value of mineral production is expected to rise from the 2003 figure of $12 million to over $100 million/ year. While on the best case the value is expected to increase to over $200 million/year. However, the realisation of these projections is contingent upon obtention of sufficient pre-investment capital for prospection and capital for production.

When increased mineral production is realized, it will bring with it higher levels on pollution which will have to be mitigated, through among others, the use of EIA guidelines for the Mining Sector and regular supervision of mining operations.

Aquatic Resources

Wetlands

Wetland covers about 13% of the area of Uganda and provides a number of direct and indirect values to the people of the country. Up to late 1980s, wetlands were generally considered ‘wastelands’ to be reclaimed for agriculture in rural areas, and ‘drained’ as anti-malaria measures in urban settings. By 1994, the need for conservation was realised and the process of formulating an appropriate policy on wetlands was initiated..

By 2001, wetlands came to be regarded as ‘granaries of water’. From being a project in 1994, wetlands had by 2005 obtained an institutional home within government structure. Wetlands are now better known and better characterised with detailed information up to the district level. The 56 districts then existing by 2004 all had District Wetland Action Plans. Some communities in a few districts have gone ahead and prepared Community Wetlands Action

Plans. The management of wetlands is governed by a 10 year Wetlands Sector Strategic Plan which qualified for funding under the Poverty Reduction Action Fund. Despite such an impressive achievement the implementation of the various action plans is constrained by lack of resources.

Furthermore, despite a wide array of achievements, wetlands, degradation is still evident- some for basic survival needs of the poor, others as a saving measure where land purchase prices are high, and yet others are the result of ignorance about ownership and legal boundaries of wetlands. Perhaps the most important reason for continued wetland degradation is weak enforcement of the applicable environmental laws and fairly low levels of awareness among policy makers and rural communities.

Water

24

Water is life, and Uganda has significant quantities of the resource. From both hydrological and social water scarcity considerations at the moment, Uganda is not water stressed. However, by 2025, indications are that there will be reason to worry as a result of increasing demands for human, livestock, wildlife, irrigation and industrial water. Uganda is ranked in a group of countries that must plan to secure more that twice the amount of water they used as 1998 in order to meet reasonable future requirements.

The quality of the water from available sources is another area of concern principally as a result of pollution – residential, industrial and agricultural land discharges into the open water bodies. To some extent the buffering capacity of wetlands is making a contribution towards reductions in pollution, but this will continue only if the integrity of the wetlands can be sustained.

Fisheries

The fisheries resource of Uganda has been an important source of high quality solid animal protein. On average Ugandans were consuming about 13kg/person/year by 1994. As of 2005, this consumption was estimated to have declined to about 13kg/person/year, mainly as a result of increasing scarcity and cost. Exports of fish products are also on the increase. The twin effect of increases in domestic consumption as a result of population growth, the higher levels of export demand has pushed fisheries capture close to its long-run sustainable supply and is threatening to exceed it. There is evidence of localised over-fishing in certain water bodies. Two lakes (Victoria and Kyoga) and two species (Nile Perch and Tilapia) account for over 80% of annual harvest, implying a high level of selectivity. On the other hand, the Nile Perch, a carnivore, is having a divesting effect of the fish biodiversity of the Victoria and Kyoga.

A few fisheries policies are in place and seek to address, among others, enhanced aquaculture development by adding 100 000 tonnes per year in the fisheries capture of about 330 000 tonnes so as to raise combined long run sustainable supply to 430 000 tones at least. The development of aquaculture at this magnitude will call for a combination of commercial and artisanal products. Both modes of production have the potential to generate significant adverse environmental impacts which need to be mitigated.Due to the uniqueness of acquacuture, specific environmental environment impact assessment guidance may have to be developed for this activity.

Cross-Sectoral Resources

Energy

The dominant source of energy in Uganda is biomass and this is expected to remain so in the foreseeable future inspite of plans to increase hydropower energy production. However, the share of clean energy in total consumption is gradually increasing, in part as a result of programs like the Energy for Rural Transformation. Production of energy is being liberalized, attracting an increasing interest among private investors. The adverse environmental effects of clean production are mitigated through the EIA guidelines for Uganda 1997 and the EIA guidelines for the Energy Sector.

25

Biomass energy will continue to be an important source of energy, especially for the rural poor, who constitute the majority of Ugandans. In some districts, the scarcity of biomass is already beginning to have impacts on the quality of food prepared. Households are opting for easy to cook but often less nutritious foods. There is need to encourage agro-forestry practices so that households can raise their own biomass energy requirements in conjunction with farming practices.

There are some efforts to diversify clean energy sources through the promotion of some renewable energy such as solar and biogas. Unfortunately, the investments required are still at a level which the rural poor cannot afford. Geothermal energy on the other hand, has potential for increased electricity production. There are at least two promising sites awaiting development.

Biodiversity

Uganda is endowed with a very rich and varied biodiversity due to its biogeographical setting, varied altitudinal range and extensive drainage systems. This biodiversity is a national asset supporting rural livelihoods and contributing to commercial economic activities. The contribution of Uganda’s biodiversity resources, organisms or parts thereof, population or other biotic components of ecosystems with actual or potential value for humanity has been estimated at $1000 million per year, balanced against economic costs of $ 202 million plus loses to other economic activities of about $49 million per year.

While Uganda continues to lose some of its rich biodiversity, the rate of loss has been reduced somewhat. Reflected in terms of living Uganda Index, the country out-performs Planet Earth as a whole when Living Planet Index is considered. The loss of biodiversity in protected areas has to a great extent been stopped and the trend reversed between 1990 and 2005. Outside protected areas biodiversity loss was still continuing as of 2005. the loss of biodiversity is largely the result of habitat conversion and introduction of exotic species.

Tourism

The rich biodiversity is one of the reasons tourist come to Uganda. The projection of the tourists arrival from a base of 68 000 in 1993 was about 140 000 by 2002. In retrospect this projection turned out to be conservative because by 2002, actual tourist arrival reached an impressive number of 254,000 and by 2004, this number had increased to over 500 000 tourists who generated gross foreign exchange earnings of $31 million. Still more tour revenues are needed if protected areas are to move towards higher levels of financial self-sufficiency instead of depending on government subventions and development-partner assistance.

Increased levels of tourist arrivals have several implications for the environment. First, there are potential adverse impacts as a result of the interaction of different cultures. Second, continued growth in tourists numbers may move towards and gradually beyond the carrying capacity of tourist attractions. Thirdly, the development in infrastructure such as roads and lodges also come with potential adverse impacts which have to be mitigated.

26

While the growth in tourist numbers and earnings in the aggregate is welcome, it also raises equality issues. For example, rural communities are currently receiving minimal benefits from tourism; and their participation in tourism ventures is limited.

3.6. THE SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Human settlements, housing and urbanizations

In general and particularly in rural areas, settlement patterns are wasteful of land and increase the cost of providing services to the areas. The settlements are also largely unplanned; and where plans exist they are often not adhered to.

The quality of Ugandans’ housing has improved over the years. When compared to the situation in 1991 where over 85% of the houses in both urban and rural areas has rammed earthen floors, by 2oo2 only 29% urban and 77% rural houses had the same. The use of mud and pole for walls has also declined relieving the pressure somewhat on the natural forests and woodland areas, but this change may also mean more clay mining for bricks and stone quarrying both of which have adverse impacts on the environment unless mitigated.

Although Uganda is one of the least urbanized countries in the world in absolute terms, the urban population is growing. Beginning from about 635 00 in 1969, the urban population increased to 938 00 in 1980, 1,890,000 in 1991 and 2 922 00 in 2002. The urban population is also growing faster (3.7%) than the national average (3.4%). The growth in the urban population means that pollution issues such as solid wastes management, and the provision of adequate safe water and acceptable level of sanitation coverage will have to be addressed.

Safe water and sanitation

Access to safe water and sanitation in both urban and rural areas has increased compared to the situation 10 years ago. For example in 1991, only 11 towns had the services of the National Water and Sewage Cooperation. Now the corporation covers 19 towns. By 2004, rural access to safe drinking water had increased to 57% while the urban one was at 67%. If current trends continue, and incremental investment funds are procured, Uganda should meet it’s Millennium Development Goal on water supply.

While safe water access per se has improved, functionality of water points is another key issue. Also, the costs of water in urban areas and the distance traveled to and queuing at water points in rural areas easily undermine accessibility. As far as sanitation is concerned, latrines coverage, the board indicator (as a measure) of environmental health had improved from 41.7% in 1999 to in 2002.

Pollution

As Uganda’s urban areas increases in number and the urban population grows, pollution, whether air, noise, water solid waste, are emerging as significant issues in environmental management. Standards have been established for noise and air pollution

27

and effluent discharge,but enforcement of the standards notwithstanding is still inadequate. However, while guidelines have been developed for solid waste management, a stronger law is required and the pre-requisite is a national policy on solid waste management.

The Uganda Cleaner Production Center is assisting several companies to reduce wastes generation, by conserving raw materials, substitution of toxic and dangerous materials, and recovering, recycling and re-using by-products, among others.

Poverty

Headcount poverty has declined from 56% of the national population in 1992 to 38% by 2004. On the other hand, the gap between the rich and the poor is widening. For the poor, natural resources constitute important ‘gift of nature’ and social safety nets on which their livelihoods depend all the time or at certain critical periods such as droughts.

The poor are agents of environmental degradation because they have limited livelihoods alterative. They are also at the same time victims of environmental degradation because their coping abilities are limited.

Environmental health

Over 80% of all the diseases in Uganda can be ascribed to poor environmental conditions. Malaria is the number one killer disease because mosquitoes have fertile breeding grounds. Water-borne diseases or water-related deseases are a result of poor sanitation. Respiratory diseases are encouraged by poorly ventilated houses and dusty environments as well as congestion in such dwellings.

The sick cannot be counted on to invest in environmental management, such as proper soil and water conservation measures. The sick are also unable to be productive and look for opportunities elsewhere, hence resulting in a heavy dependency in the available natural resources in the immediate vicinity.

Treatment costs mean the diversion of a greater share of household income to purchase drugs and to consult with medical personnel, leaving little else for other expenditures, including purchase of food items. It is no wonder then that malnutrition is one of the important health problems among infants and young children in Uganda.

Cultural heritage

Cultural heritage is part of humanity’s link with the world and it’s past, it’s achievements and discoveries. The National Environmental Act provides for the protection of the country’s cultural heritage. Approximately 187 cultural, historical and para- archeological sites have been identified and there specific locations recorded. Unfortunately, Uganda’s cultural heritage had not featured prominently among the county’s tourist attractions. Yet the promotion of cultural heritage as a tourist attraction could enhance community participation and even bring districts on board with respect to tourism.

28

4. OBJECTIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (ESMF)

4.1. The objective of this ESMFThe objective of this ESMF is to provide an environmental and social screening process for the implementation of future Local Government investments and activities at all levels (village, parish, sub-county, county municipal and districts). Since the precise locations and potential negative localized impacts of future sub-projects could not be identified prior to appraisal, the project has prepared this ESMF, That is, as per the design, the LGMSD program will provide discretionary capital development grants whereby the LGs and the communities will identifytheir priority projectsduring the planning cycle of every financial year. Hence sub-projects will only be known towards the end of every financial year (April/May) when the three year rolling Development Plans of Local Governments are nearing completion. For this reason, therefore, the actual LGMSD sub-projects and activities cannot be described nor their specific adverse effects and mitigation measures.

The ESMF is intended to be used as a practical tool during project formulation, design, implementation and monitoring. It describes the steps involved in identifying and mitigating the potential adverse environmental and social impacts of future investment activities. It also provides guidance in cases where the screening results indicate that a separate Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is required.

This ESMF has been prepared in recognition of the fact that Uganda’s regulations on EIA includes a tool only for pre-assessment of projects based on preliminary environmental information. The provisions of the national laws on EIA are less comprehensive than those of the World Bank’s OP.4.01: Environmental Assessment which calls for the environmental screening of all Bank-financed projects, and subsequently the assignment of an environmental category, ranging from category A (significant negative impacts); to category B (impacts less significant than those of category A) and which can be mitigated effectively); to category C (no significant environmental impacts, and hence, no additional environmental work required), and FI for financial intermediary operations.

In addition, the assessment form for projects at the level of the NEMA seem not only very brief and even incomplete in the procedures for project classification but also in the conditions for the execution of related environmental assessments.

To close this gap, an Environmental and Social Screening Form (ANNEX 1) contained in this report has been designed to assist in the evaluation of planned sub-project investments under this programme.The form is designed to place information in the hands of implementers and reviewers so that impacts and their mitigation measures, if any, can be identified and/or that requirements for further environmental impact assessment be determined.

According to Ugandan Environmental laws, specific investment activities require EIAs, whereas there are no clear EIA requirements for activities of a smaller scale, but which might have negative localized impacts that would require appropriate mitigation. This is

29

the reason why this project will use the environmental and social screening process outlined in this ESMF. This process will allow the LGs to identify, assess and mitigate potential negative environmental and social impacts at the conception and planning stages of investment activities, and, if necessary, carry out separate EIAs for sub-projects should the screening results indicate the need for such.

The ESSF contains information that will allow reviewers to determine the characteristics of the prevailing local bio-physical and social environment with the aim to assess the potential adverse impacts due to the construction, rehabilitation and operation of a variety of sub-projects on this environment. The ESSF will also identify potential socio-economic impacts that will require mitigation measures and/or resettlement and compensation. As mentioned earlier, any resettlement and/or compensation measures will be implemented in accordance with the RPF, and the requisite Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) will have to be completed and implemented before any investment activities can begin.

The ESMF includes an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project’s implementation. This EMP outlines the institutional arrangements for the implementation of mitigation and monitoring measures, the requisite time horizons, and cost estimates for these activities under the proposed program. A summary table is provided in chapter 9. The EMP will be included in the Program Implementation Manual.

As stated earlier, the proposed screening process would be consistent with the Bank’s safeguard policy OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment. This policy requires that all Bank-financed operations are screened for potential environmental and social impacts, and that the required environmental work be carried out on the basis of the screening results. Thus, the screening results may indicate that (i) no additional environmental work would be required; (ii) the application of simple mitigation measures by qualified staff would suffice; or, (iii) a separate environmental impact assessment (EIA) would be required.

It should be noted that any sub-projects that have been assigned the environmental category A will not be funded, because the parent project has been categorized as B.

Although the potential negative environmental and social impacts of local government projects’activities are generally minimal, potentially significant localized impacts may occur, thus requiring appropriate mitigation. Potential negative environmental impacts such as pollution, waste management, loss of vegetation, soil erosion, soil and groundwater pollution, risks linked to pesticides use and medical waste management will be addressed at the level of the TPCs with District sector managers providing the best practices to be incorporated into the sub-project design.

The specific dispositions in this regard will be incorporated in the EMPs for the sub-projects in question.

Potential social impacts due to land acquisition such as loss of assets, livelihoods or loss of access to economic assets would be addressed in the context of the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF). The RPF has been prepared as a separate document and

30

outlines the policies and procedures to be applied in the event of land acquisition, loss of assets and access to resources and services amongst other impacts.

4.2 Methodology used to prepare the ESMF

The present ESMF and the RPF was prepared based on the following methodologyReview of existing literature including but not limited to: State of the Environment Report in Uganda, 2004/2005 by NEMA, Guidelines and Appraisal Formats for Investments in the Production sector,2004 Project Implementation Plan for the Local Government Development Program 11 (LGDP11), 2005, Strategy Paper for Public Financial Management Reform Program (PFMRP), 2005, District and Urban Councils Development Planning Guidelines, 2006, The LGDP 11 Project Concept Document, The National Environment Statute 1995, The Environment Checklists for Districts/Municipalities, Sub-counties/Town Councils and Parishes/Wards with the appropriate mitigating measures for predicted adverse impacts, World Bank Safeguard Policies, The Local Government Act, 1997, Capacity Building and institutional Development for succesor program to LGDP11 (LGMSD).Review of the Land Tenure System including resettlement issues such as compensation and conflict resolution mechanisms.

Consultations were carried out with the Physical Planning Commission, NEMA, the land authority, agriculture, fisheries, works either in Kampala or in the field

In view of the new dcentralised local government structures, discussions on both the ESMF and RPF were not separable, the two being structurally linked both administratively and technically.

Discussions were also held with key institutions of Local Government, Communities, NGOs and all other stakeholders in order to better articulate the requirements of environmental and social management of the developments and services to be provided under this program.

Field visits were made to five districts and two municipalities with the view to evaluating the constraints encountered in the implementation of sound environmental and social management plans, particularly for LGDP I and II, and to ascertain stakeholders’ views regarding the proposed project.

The Districts and Municipalities retained were as follows;

Kabale District,

31

Mbarara Municipality and District,

Arua District,

Hoima District,

Jinja Municipality,

Tororo District,

Kampala Municipality.

The key issues discussed at these consultations were:

constraints encountered in the management of environmental and social issues arising out of the execution of the investment program components under LGDP 1 and 11 and to attempt to present appropriate options to attenuate if not eliminate these constraints in the successor program,LGMSDP,

to assess crucial elements of environmental management relevant to LGDP II and the proposed successor program investment activities envisaged by Uganda and the World Bank and, in particular:a) water and sanitation facilities; the needs, siting, quality and maitenance,b) liquid waste treatment and disposal of effluents,c) solid waste disposal-separation and recycling toxic and hazardous wastes,d) sewerage treatment and disposal of effluents,quality of effluents and residues

discharged, the protection measures taken to conserve the environment in the host milieu,

e) medical waste disposal in health centers, clinics and hospitals,f) drainage in road infrastructure projects and urban or peri-urban settlements,g) buildings infrastructure and related services such as water and sanitation

facilities especially in the health and education sectors, markets,h) entomology and it’s crucial role in control of desease vectors,i) cattle tracks, animal watering points and the related pollution concerns at

water sources,j) capacity and training needs at the different levels of LGs for environmental

and social management including relocation of populations/assets.

The following gives an account of the findings of these consultations.

Findings from the visits and consultations

The findings revealed common adverse environmental and social impacts in varying degrees prevailing in almost all the munipalities and districts visited. Proper management plans have been formulated and monitoring programs specified but the absence of resources is the primary constraint in implementing the plans. Among others were the following adverse environment and social impacts:

32

the non-restoration of burrow pits, inadequate culverts to maintain natural draingage patterns and absence of maintenance of drains for stormwater evacuation,

inadequate or improper siting of water and sanitation facilities resulting in pollution of aquifers,

agricultural practices without regard to appropriate technological methods such as pest control,

human practices tending to ignore normes, guidelines and safeguards notably on hygeine,

inappropriate or poor environmental management practices or lack of them, in particular, sustained monitoring of activities at district level essentially due to inadequacy of financial resources,

conflicts in land use patterns on limited land areas resulting in overgrazing, draining of wetlands, deforestation, degradation of soils and soil erosion,

lack of or inadequacy of capacity, equipment, logistics and financial resources to carry out the requisite management practices.

The consultant found major problems related to waste management in LGs not necessarily directly linked to LGDP 11, for example:

the exclusion of some of the most deprived zones in the provision of water, drainage and sanitation facilities resulting in these areas being the areas of origin of most outbreaks of water-borne or related deseases currently being encountered in Uganda.

the absence of best practices such as separation/treatment of solid and liquid waste disposal in the some areas.

As regards the latter, inspite of the inadequacy of resources the districts and municipalities are taking measures in the management of solid wastes and several projects are in the pipeline for separation and recycling of these wastes.

Kabale district is already far advanced in the waste separation exercise and infrastructure is being provided for composting to produce manure.

The water supply and sewage treatment operations for the municipality were impresive. Potable water supply and sewerage disposal was being provided by the National Water and Sewerage Corporation to those who can afford the tariffs. Concessionary tariffs were also offered to consumers located within 50 meters of their network.Water supply to the rural communities does not present any problems with the district fairly well-endowed with ample resources with good quality spring water. Recycling options for in-organic items such as plastic bags and bottles had yet to be adopted. The experiences of India in this connection could well offer the income-generating solutions that would benefit the under-previledged in this venture.

The consultant felt obliged to highlight the plight of Arua district where:- Solid and liquid waste, including blood-tainted medical waste were visible in the

drainage channel from the hospital and market and terminating in a stream downstream of the abattoir,

33

- An unprotected highly polluted well was the source of drinking water for the communities living within 100 meters of the administrative centre of the district.

Both the LG officers on the site visit and community leaders confirmed the level of insalubrity pervading their community.

A completely protected well head, pumped water to a reservoir and a reticulation system with gravity feed to strategic points in the community should be considered.

In Tororo, the National Water and Sewarage Corporation (NWSC) has it’s sewage lagoons completely unprotected from encroachment and cattle are using the ponds for drinking. It appeared that part of the wetland was used to construct the lagoons and no effort was made at reforestation causing noxious odor to pervade the environment.

The presence of the cement factory in a major settlement was a source of concern. It would appear, from local information that these settlements were attributable essentially to the lapses in the municipal administration in allowing them to be established. Whatever the case, the communities were being subjected to the most intensive pollution by sulphur, soot and other particulates.

Hoima district and Jinja municipality presented no particular problems except those of waste management although plans are already formulated to deal with this in the same manner as Kabale

Mbarara municipality’s primary concern was the inadequacy of the NWSC network to cater for the increasing demand for it’s services notably in sewage disposal. In addition, the appearance of slum settlements without water and sanitation facilities especially those situated downstream of the effluent discharge outlet of the NWSC treatment works was a source of concern. For the latter, it is incumbent, in fact on all municipalities to take appropriate descisions and draw up plans to remedy these situations one of which is to provide adequate water and sanitation facilities coupled with an awareness program especially on health and hygeinic practices.

The former issue should be discussed and resolved with NWSC.

As regards to Kampala city, the following were found:

- some of the most important drainage channels have been blocked by slum dwellings and activities of the most disadvantaged resulting to spates of flooding that occurrs in so many parts of the city and the consequent proliferation of cholera and other water-borne or related deseases,

- where blockage of these channels is not the case as in even the more affluent parts of the city, the evidence show that the storm drainage system was being clogged by sediments coming downhill and overwhelming the system,

- solid waste collection appeared to be inefficient in every part of the city. In this connection, given the myriad and diverse industries (with various types of waste-toxic, harzardous/dangerous) set up within the city limits, Kampala needs more of an environmental audit. It is noteworthy that City Hall has placed a notice in the media inviting public consultation of it’s own ESMF and RPF which is a step

34

towards improved environmental and social management of the city environment. A lot of water points had no protective surrounds or drainage systems resulting in water logging at most of these points were breeding grounds for mosquitoes.

Boreholes and wells equipped with watering troughs are concentration points for animals. Apart from damage to soils and vegetation in the surroundings, the prevalence of nitrates will cause pollution of the acquifers and the watering points.

Arising out of the afore mentioned findings, the following will be included in the design of the LGMSDP:

i) LGs will be encouraged to invest the Local Development Grant (LDG) into activities like efficient solid waste management systems which will make their localities hygienic and attractive to private investors (this is already among the design principles of the LDG).

ii) Mainstreaming of enviroment and natural resource management in all activities of LGs will be obligatory.

iii) Among the activities for ENR management required of LGs will be carrying out environment audits on regular basis.

iv) LGs will be encouraged and even rewarded to investing into the national priority program areas among which is water and sanitation.

5. POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

In this section the policies, legal and institutional frameworks for environmental management in Uganda are summarised including national legislation and international conventions subscribed to:.

5.1. Policy Framework

a. Uganda’s Environmental Action Plan (NEAP)Uganda’s Environmental Action Plan seeks to promote and implement sound environmental policy. The UEAP represents the culmination of a series of initiatives and activities coordinated by the NEMA. It is the master plan for the environment in Uganda and contains a National Environment Policy, Framework Environmental Legislation and Environmental Strategy. The NEAP consists of Sectoral Plans for the medium and long term intended to lead to sustainable development in the country.

The NEAP has been innovative and included the following steps: (1)The development of a National Consensus on the NEAP,

(ii) The setting up of the National Environmental Management Council, (iii) The establishment of the NEMA, (iv) The enactment of the legislation of the National Environmental Management Act, (v) The establishment of Working Groups to address thematic environmental issues.

The successful coordination and implementation of all the measures in the NEAP calls for national and international consensus and cooperation. The other environmental strategies of note existing are:

35

The National Strategy and action Plan on Biodiversity Conservation, The National Strategies on Protection of Wetlands and Water Bodies, The National Strategy on Climate Change, The National Action Plan to combat Desertification.

The NEAP puts special emphasis on environmental management, pollutions and nuisances, and the necessity to safeguard the well-being of the populations.

b. Social Strategies: The Poverty Reduction Stratiegies The Poverty Reduction Strategies aim to provide the blueprint for economic and social development and reflect the commitments of both the Government and its external partners. The overall goal is to reduce income disparities and disparities in access to sources of income and empowerment. The PRSPs concentrate on four development objectives. To avoid the occurrence of the weaknesses in the previous strategies, the already guaranteed political commitment must be translated in terms of ensuring performance-based management towards implementation. Allocating adequate resources to support the planned activities must also be reinforced by:

Creating an enabling Policy for Environmental Management, for Economic Growth and Poverty Reduction,

Improving Productive Capacity and Social Protection of the Poor and Vulnerable, Increasing coverage of Basic Social Services needs of the poor and vulnerable

(Social Protection/Safety Nets), Building the Capacity of Local Communities & Civil Society Organisations to

play an active role in the process of poverty reduction;

Issues of development concerns (Gender, Environment, Nutrition, HIV/AIDS, Population, Governance and Youths) are now integrated/mainstreamed into the above four pillars to be addressed using cross-sectoral approach.

c. Health Care Waste Management Plan Under this program the Local Governments will address issues related to safe medical waste management in the context of Uganda’s Medical Waste Management Plan that has been prepared as part of the HIV/AIDS Project covering the area of the Horn of Africa. The current Design Report provides:

(i) a detailed assessment of the current situation in health facilities,(ii) ) an analysis of national policies, programmes and legislation on health care

waste management, and strategic orientations and action plans, as follows; strengthening of institutional, legal and regulatory framework, improving the current health care waste management practices, minimizing health care waste volume, health waste identification, segregation and packaging, collection, transportation and storage, treatment and disposal, strengthening institutional capacity, training and capacity building, public education and awareness, training of waste handlers,

36

training of HCW treatment plant operators/attendants, monitoring and evaluation,

For the LGMSD Program the main concerns are collection, separation and packing and preferably transportation to a central disposal facility or disposal on-site with the appropriate and proper incinerators and tanks for placenta etc. These, and other activities as appropriate, should be supported by the project in consultation with the District Health Teams and the Ministry of Health which has prepared this medical waste management plan.

5.2. Legal Framework

a). International ConventionsUganda is signatory to several international conventions amongstwhich the most important Uganda is signatory to the following conventions and agreements:

Table 6: International conventions to which Uganda is a signatory

Convention ObjectiveAfrican Convention on the Conservation of Nature (1968)

To encourage individual and joint action for the conservation, utilization and development of soil, water, flora and fauna for the present and future welfare of mankind, from an economic, nutritional, scientific, educational, cultural and aesthetic point of view.

Convention on wetlands of International Importance especially as Water Fowl Habitat- Ramsar Convention 1971

To stop the progressive encroachment on and loss of wetland now and in the future, recognizing the fundamental ecological functions of wetlands and their economic, cultural, scientific and recreational values

Convention Concerning the Protection of World and Cultural Heritage 1972

To establish an effective system of collective protection of the cultural and natural heritage of outstanding universal values

Convention on the International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Flora and Fauna – CITES 1973

To protect certain endangered species from over exploitation by means of a system of import/export permits

Convention on the conservation of migratory species of Wild animals 1979

To protect those species of wild animals that migrate across or outside national boundaries

Vienna Convention for the protection of the Ozone Layer 1985

To protect human health and the environment against adverse effects resulting from modification of the ozone layer

Montreal Protocol on Substances that deplete the Ozone layer 1987

To protect the ozone layer by taking precautionary measures to control global emissions of substances that deplete it

Basel Convention on the Transboundary Movement of Hazardous Wastes and their disposal

To set up obligations for the state parties with a view to: Reducing transboundary movements of waste

subject to the Basel Convention to a minimum consistent to the environmentally sound and

37

Convention Objectivedifferent effects of such wastes

Reducing trans boundary movements of waste subject to minimizing the amount and toxicity of hazardous wastes generated and ensuring their environmentally sound management

Convention on Biological Diversity- CBD 1992

To promote diversity and sustainable use Encourage equitable sharing of benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic resources

United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change UNFCCC – 1992

To regulate the levels of green house gases concentration in the atmosphere so as to avoid the occurrence of climate change on a level that would impede sustainable economic development, or compromise initiative in food production

United Nations Convention to combat Desertification –UNCCD 1994

To combat desertification and mitigate the effects of drought in countries experiencing serious drought and or desertification

Lake Victoria Fisheries Organisation 1994

To regulate and enhance fisheries in Lake Victoria covering Uganda, Kenya and Tanzania

Lake Victoria Environment Management Programme 1994

Project for the management of the environment in the Lake Victoria region addressing water quality, land use, wetlands, fisheries and control of water hyacinth

Kagera Basin Agreement 1997 Forum for cooperation between the Kagera Basin States of Uganda, Tanzania, Rwanda and Burundi to ensure that environmental conditions are taken into account in development projects

Technical Cooperation Committees for the promotion of resources Development and Environmental Protection of the Nile Basin 1992

Promote Basin wide cooperation for the integrated and just development, conservation and use of the Nile Basin water and to determine the equitable entitlement of each state of the Nile Basin

Cooperation enforcement Operations Directed at illegal trade in Wild Fauna and Flora (the Lusaka Agreement ) 1996

Directed at controlling illegal trade in Wildlife and Wildlife products

Inter-Government Authority in Development 1986

Regional Forum for conflict Resolution and environment management particularly early warning system and food security. Covers Sudan, Eritrea, Djibouti, Ethiopia, Kenya, Uganda and Somalia

38

b. National Environmental Legislation

Environmental legislation, standards and guidelines identified to be relevant for this study include:

• The National Environmental Statute, 1995,• National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetland Resources, 1995,• Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater, 1999,• Draft Standards for Air Quality, 1997,• Draft Standards for Noise and Vibration, 1997,• Draft Standards for Soil Pollution, under preparation,• National Environment (Wetlands, River banks and Lake shore management) Regulations, 2000.

A great leap forward was registered , in conformity with The National Environment Act, by legal notices issued in May 2004 designating Environmental Inspectors for every sector of economic or social activity in Uganda.

Where considered necessary, Ugandan legislation, standards or guidelines have been compared with other regulations, such as Dutch, or Kenyan regulations.

5.2.1 The National Environmental Statute, 1995

The National Environmental Statute of 1995 regulates environmental issues in Uganda. Schedule III of the statute provides a list of projects that require an environmental impact assessment to be undertaken prior to project implementation. Urban developments, including the establishment of industrial estates, are among the projects listed in the Schedule.

The Statute defines an environmental impact assessment as 'a systematic examination conducted to determine whether or not a project will have any adverse impacts on the environment'.

EIA regulations and procedures focus on the following points:

Screening ProcessThe screening process is designed to determine which projects require a full EIA process. Screening is done with the aid of EIA « Screening Forms ». The screening process ensures objectivity and transparency.

Screening Form

A standardised project brief is submitted by a developer using the « Screening Form ». The Screening Form requires that the developer provides information on the proposed project/activity and inter-alia, on the following:

- Developer;

39

- Contact points;- Location and size of the site/facility;- Inputs required (utilities and raw materials);- Products and by-products (finished products and wastes);- Methods of waste disposal;- Anticipated environmental and social impacts (number of people/cmmunities likely tobe be affected, sensitive habitats, vulnerable groups and species etc).

General information is required at this first stage. If in-depth analysis has already been done, results should be indicated on the screening form. If however, only preliminary analysis/surveys have been done, this will in general suffice for the screening form.

Where the developer needs assistance to complete the screening form, a lead sectoral department concerned or a consultant will be in a position to help. Upon completion by the developer, the form is submitted to the lead department or the Authority. If the form has been completed correctly, the lead department, forwards the form to the Authority for consideration. The Authority determines the follow-up actions required in consultation with the lead department. If necessary, the Authority, the lead department, and/or a designated sectoral working group may visit the proposed project site to clarify details or complete the information required.

Authority Project Classification

Based on information obtained from the screening form, a systematic review of the information is completed by the Authority to determine whether an environmental impact study needs to be conducted. Evaluation criteria have been established which provide a general guide for determining whether or not a full EIA is required. This ensures a fair and consistent review of all proposed projects at this screening stage, based on the information provided by the project proponent. As a result of this screening, the project is classified in the following manner:

- Class A: Full Environmental Impact Assessment Required – If the Authority, either based on the screening form or after additional information has been provided, has sufficient reason to believe that the project will cause a significant negative impact on the environment, it will require that an environmental impact assessment be made in accordance with the provisions stipulated below.

- Class B: Additional Information Necessary – In cases where doubts remain as to the significance of potential impacts on the environment, further information is required.

- Projects rated as Class B will be required to provide additional information prior to the Authority making a decision on classification. In this case, the Authority will give the project proponent, in writing, a clear indication of the information that needs to be provided. The Executive Director reserves the right to determine what additional information is required.After additional information has been provided, the Authority will reassess the proposed project and will determine if it falls into Class A or C.

40

- Class C: No Full Environmental Impact Assessment required – A project may be categorised as Class C if it is determined that the proposed project will have no significant or adverse impact on the environment. The Executive Director may grant environmental approval to the project without further analysis.

There has emerged recently in the scientific community the categorisations referred to as the green, brown and red agendas covering a very wide and diverse spectrum of environmental concerns from green-house gases through emissions from all manner of modern living practices to toxic, hazardous, dangerous materials and wastes generated by mankind’s very existence.

The impacts due to implantation of various industries in urban and peri-urban areas or the resettlement of populations close to these centers of economic activity will have to be dealt with in a timely manner for the safety, security and health of the communities.

These agendas can span districts, regions and countries with a lot being world-wide issues. Ugandan Environmental statutes and international conventions cover most cases in these agendas.

This ESMF recognises the categorisations embodied in EIA regulations and the world bank OP.4.01 which are adapted to the realities of the country and easily applicable at LG level.

In cases where it is obvious that a project will not be in line with the laws of Uganda the Executive Director may reject a project without any obligation to carry out an EIA.

Consultations with relevant Government Ministries/Departments and Members of the Public

The Authority, upon receiving a project brief consults the lead sectoral department. It invites public comments on statements of project intent submitted to it especially from those most likely to be affected by a proposed project. It is only subsequent to these two consultations that the Authority is required to invite interested organs of the State to comment on both the statement and the comments made there-on. A public enquiry is the final form of consultation.

This style of consultation is unique with fluid and consistent geographical and sectoral nuances.

To facilitate the EIA process, the following arrangements are proposed:

A special file be opened for every developer. Proper documentation of all the transactions and consultations for each EIA case, in addition to, where deemed necessary an environmental and social statement.

The Authority designs standard letters to be issued to developers who have submitted project briefs. The letter specifies the class of EIA required.

41

The Statement or its summary is published in local papers, also: (i) requesting members of the public to forward to the Authority any comments they may have and (ii) inviting the public to study and comment on the Statement which will be available at the Authority, the lead sectoral Departments and Local Government Offices in the relevant region.

The Authority, the developer, and the Permanent Advisory Group on EIA and interest groups hold consultative meetings with the communities after the public comments on a Statement.

The Authority issues a Certificate of Environmental Approval to any developer whose project has been approved.

Test cases assess the capabilities of local consultants to contribute to an environmental impact study (and in the process receive training); assess the strengths and limitations of the guidelines.

Testing will lead to modifications of procedures and guidelines. Documentation and annual statistics will be vital for modelling possible future expansion of development activities and related projects requiring EIA.

. The nature, type and location of the project is described in the environmental screening form with a preliminary indication of potential socio-economic and biophysical impacts (number of people/ communities affected, sensitive habitats, threatened species, etc). Based on the screening exercise, NEMA makes a decision on whether an EIA is required or not. In the event of an EIA is not required, the proponent is still obliged to describe methods and procedures for proper environmental management (storage of semi-hazardous materials, solid waste disposal, etc).

Apart from the EIA content, the procedures require a public survey prior to the issuance of any authorization on the basis of the EIA. The EIA conducted by the consultants at the request of the promoter is submitted for approval to the NEMA that looks after the procedure for the conduction of EIAs (approval of the TOR, approval of the studies, authorization given to consultants and consultancy firms, etc.). According to the classification level of the project (category A, B or C) the execution of the procedure is monitored at national level.

The National Environmental Management Authority (NEMA) established under the Statute is the principal agency responsible for the management of the environment and was created as a result of the National Environmental Action Plan (NEAP) of 1994.

One of the important functions of NEMA, in addition to reviewing policies and environmental impact statements, is to establish national environmental standards in consultation with various lead agencies. Environmental standards and guidelines have been include in this ESMF.

The National Environmental Statute also places restrictions on the use of wetlands under Part VII, Environmental Management, Section 37, page 37. The management of

42

wetlands is given more emphasis in the National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetland Resources, 1995.

National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetlands Resources, 1995

Uganda was the first African country to develop a national wetlands policy. The strategy most pertinent to this study, as outlined in this Policy, is transcribed below:

'Any wetland serving as a source of water supply or receiving effluent as part of a designated service to any human settlement shall be declared a fully protected wetland from any encroachment, drainage or modification.’

Explanation: Wetlands can preserve the purity of water by their filtration and buffering capacity. One of the important reasons for this policy arises from the extensive draining of wetlands for horticulture where these areas also serve as water purification centres. In addition such drainage has led to changes to the hydrological cycle i.e. increase in floods, reduction in low flows and increase in sediment runoff.

5.2.3 National Environment (Wetlands, River banks and Lake ShoreManagement) Regulations, 2000

Section 21 of the National Environment Regulations 2000 states that 'Each Local Government shall after the recommendation of the appropriate local environmental committee make by-laws

(a) identifying river banks and lake shores within their jurisdiction which are at risk from environmental degradation;

(b) promoting soil conservation measures along river banks and lake shores including the following;

(i) Bunding;(ii) Terracing;(iii) Mulching;(iv) Tree planting or agro forestry(v) Grassing;(vi) Soil engineering, compaction and placement of fills;(vii) Zoning and planning;(viii) Gabions;(ix) Control of livestock grazing.

Section 29, Part (2), of the same Regulation states that 'Rivers not specified in the Sixth Schedule shall have a protected zone of thirty meters from the highest water mark of the river’. Section 30, Part (1) states that 'All shores of lakes specified in the Seventh Schedule [Lake Victoria is in the 7th Schedule] to these Regulations shall have a protected zone of two hundred metres measured from the low watermark'.

5.2.4 Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater, 1999

43

The Ugandan Standards for effluent discharges to land or to an aquatic environment set maximum permissible limits (MPL) for selected parameters. The standards are established for a broad range of organic and inorganic compounds and are summarized in Table 2.1 below.

General obligations to mitigate pollution and the duty to keep records of offences are also outlined in these Standards,

5.2.5 General Obligation to Mitigate Pollution

Section (4) Part (1) of the Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater, 1999, states:

'Every industry or establishment shall install at its premises anti-pollution equipment for the treatment of effluent and chemical discharge emanating from the industry or establishment.'

Section (4) Part (2) of the Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater states: 'Anti-pollution equipment installed, under such regulation (1) shall be based on the best practicable means, environmentally sound practice or other guidelines as the Executive Director may determine.'

5.2.6 Duty to Keep Records (from the Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater, 1999).

Section (5) Part (1), (a) of the Effluent Discharge Standards states: 'Keep a record of the amount of waste generated by the activity and of the parameters of the discharges';

Section (5) Part (1), (b) states: 'Submit the record referred to in paragraph (a) to the Executive Director and to any other relevant lead agency, every three months from the commencement of the activity for which the permit was issued'.

Section (5) Part (1), (c) states: 'Report to the Executive Director any abnormal discharges. The abnormal discharges are interpreted to be any discharge or emission that exceeds the maximum levels listed in Table 5.2 of this report.

5.2.7 Liabilities for Offences (from the Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater, 1999)

Section (6). (1) states: 'A person who contravenes these Regulations (standards for discharge of effluent or wastewater) commits an offence and is liable, on conviction, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding eighteen months or to a fine not less than one hundred and eighty thousand shillings and not more than eighteen million shillings or both (Ush)'.

Section (6). (2) states: 'The Executive Director may, in addition to any penalty imposed under Sub-Regulation (1), give directions as to steps to be taken to

44

mitigate the damage caused as a result of the contravention, and the person liable shall comply with the directions'.

5.2.8 Draft Air Quality Standards and Guidelines, 1997

Uganda formulated draft air quality standards in 1997. These cover pollution control in the occupational and ambient environment. These standards were being finalised at the time the ESMF was being formulated.

The draft air quality standards identify the individual pollutants, applicable industrial sources and permissible limits. Since LGMSD will not involve the establishment of industrial projects, the details of the pollution limits have not been included n the ESMF.

6. OVERVIEW OF THE WORLD BANK’S SAFEGUARD POLICIES

The World Bank’s ten safeguard policies are designed to help ensure that projects proposed for Bank financing are environmentally and socially sustainable, and thus improve decision-making. These operational policies include:

OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment, OP 4.04 Natural Habitats, OP 4.09 Pest Management, OP 4.11 Cultural Heritage, OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement, OP 4.10 Indigenous People, OP 4.36 Forests, OP 4.37 Safety of Dams, OP 7.50 Projects on International Waterways, OP 7.60 Projects in Disputed Areas.

In addition, there is the Bank’s Disclosure Policy BP 17.50 which requires that all safeguard documents are disclosed in the respective countries and at the Bank’s Info shop prior to appraisal. Of these operational policies, OP 4.01 is the “umbrella” policy as the environmental screening results will determine which of the afore-mentioned safeguard policies are likely to be triggered, in addition to OP 4.01.

The Local Government Management and Service Delivery Program has triggered OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment and OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement due to its planned construction and rehabilitation activities. Annex 4 summarizes these safeguard policies.For the LGMSD Project key operational policies that are of immediate concern are:

OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment: The objective of OP 4.01 is to ensure that projects financed by the Bank are environmentally and socially sustainable, and that the decision making process is improved through an appropriate analysis of the actions including their potential environmental impacts. Environmental assessment (EA) is a process whose breadth, depth, and type of analysis depend on the nature, scale, and potential environmental impact of the proposed project. EA takes into account the natural environment (air, water, and land); human health and safety; social aspects (involuntary

45

resettlement, indigenous peoples, and cultural property); and trans-boundary and global environmental aspects. EA considers natural and social aspects in an integrated way. OP 4.01 is triggered if a project is likely to present some risks and potential adverse environmental impacts in its area of influence. Thus, in the case of the local government projects, potential negative environmental and social impacts due to project activities and likely to include loss of vegetation, soil erosion, soil and groundwater pollution, air pollution, public health impacts such as traffic hazards, noise, dust, and loss of livelihoods must be fully identified and the appropriate mitigating measures clearly defined and costed to be incorporated into the project’s overall budget.

This ESMF has been designed to address potential adverse environmental and social impacts at the planning stage of existing and new local government management and service delivery activities.

OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement: The objective of this operational policy is to

(i) avoid or minimize involuntary resettlement where feasible and explore all viable alternative project designs and location.

ii) assist displaced persons in improving their former living standards, income earning capacity, and production levels, or at least in restoring them.

(iii) encourage community participation in planning and implementing resettlement, and

(iv) provide assistance to affected people regardless of the legality of land tenure (encroachers and squatters included).

The policy does not only cover physical relocation, but:

(i) relocation causing loss of land and or loss of shelter; (ii) loss of assets or access to assets; and (iii) loss of income sources or means of livelihood, whether or not the affected people

must move to another location.

This policy also applies to the involuntary restriction of access to legally designated parks and protected areas resulting in adverse impacts on the livelihoods of the displaced persons. In the event of land acquisition, the LGMSMP will implement the provisions of the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) which has been prepared as a separate document.

7. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS OF THE LGMSDP

7.1 Environmental Impacts of Local Government Development Project Activities

a)Positive Environmental Impacts

46

The following are the likely positive environment impacts of LGMSDP:

construction and rehabilitation of water and sanitation facilities will have significant positive impacts on the health of the communities and populations in all the targetted districts,

the boreholes, wells and supplies derived from springs will make safe water fully available to the populations as well as their assets emanating from projects in livestock watering points and associated animal tracks (reducing or eliminating prevailing agriculturalist/pastoralist conflicts) and small scale agricultural activities and essentially improve their quality of life,

an environmentally sound community roads program, rural electrification will improve safety and security in municipalities, districts, parishes and villages,

construction and rehabilitation of infrastructure in the health, and education sectors and markets will considerably improve accessibility to services direly needed for any sustained development and/or enhancement of the well-being of the communities impacted,

bee-keeping, aqua-culture, weaving, dyeing are some of the income-generating activities which are not extensive in land use will help improve home economies

the program on entomology, with the prevalence of malaria throughout the country, bilharzia in certain aquatic environments, tsetse fly habitats in all pastoral zones and other water-borne or related deseases will enhance the productive capacities of the communities.

the activities of the program will help to identify and to implement the necessary measures for the protection of biodiversity areas thus preserving the wealth of the species at the local and national level. Also, they are going to contribute to combat desertification, enhance reforestation, soil restoration and the implementation of rational conservation activities.

the water catchment basins will be better used for the socio-economic benefits of the

communities whilst, at the same time establishing sound management practices to conserve the resources.

b)Positive Social Impacts Overall, the Program is likely to have a positive impact on the social issues in community development in Uganda in the short, medium and long term. The education and health infrastructures that will be financed in the framework of the investment program will have positive social impacts responding to the educational and health needs of the population. These positive impacts can be summarized as follows;

The increase and enhancement of educational and health facilities and standards, The diversification of knowledge notably in the scientific and technical fields, A better access to non-formal education and literacy to-date unavailable to a large

spectrum of Ugandan society.

47

At the institutional level: Improving the capacity of the district LGs at all levels to initiate, promote and

monitor performance in the various sectors of socio-economic development and the project-related environmental and social issyes to be addressed,

Gender and Fairness: Increased participation of the female gender, the young and the senior citizenry and those who up to now have been ignored or have not had access to educational/health facilities, water supplies and sanitation. Women, who constitute essential levers in the organization and the animation of the Local Communities, will actively participate in the socio-economic activities of the program of which they will be privileged recipients, in terms of improvement in their educational and health standards and social well-being as well as accessing new technologies and management skills.

Socio-Economic and Cultural InfrastructuresSome socio-cultural infrastructure incorporated into the infrastructure programme such as playgrounds, leisure parks and sports facilities will have significant beneficial impacts on the communities in that they will serve in the reduction of delinquency.

Water supply infrastructuresThe construction of water supply facilities (bore holes, watering points, wells protected springwater sources, etc.) will contribute to improving the availability of water in the villages reducing both the time and energy spent by women in fetching water.

Fishing ActivitiesThe development of fishing (in lake and riverbank environments), fish processing will contribute to improving nutrition levels (availability of proteins) among the communities and could provide the basis for a significant export earning’s sector. ForestryThe development of forestry nursery programs could assist and motivate communities in reforestation undertakings. With concommitant awareness programs of the positive impacts of reforestation and other conservation activities, these programs could well uplift the culture of environmental and social management practices that could improve their social and financial situations.

Agricultural activitiesThe promotion of orchards and other agricultural pursuits in communities has been a feature recognised in local government activities and should continue to be nurtured and promoted to the extent that they can serve as catalysts to

Improvement of nutrition standards, Improvement of production and productivity on high-value crops, Satisfaction of some of the basic needs of the student population and in certain

cases provide key elements of the requirements of their communities.

Other income Generating ActivitiesThe development of activities in bee-keeping, agro-processing, fish-farming, weaveing and dyeing, to cite only these will assist in resolving some of the issues of land stress in

48

districts such as Kabale apart from providing significant and immediate incomes to all genders in the communities and their household economies in general.

Adverse Social ImpactsAdverse social impacts are likely to arise from the following:

Absence of a participatory process involving local communities in the preparation of their Development Plans by their Local Governments.

Exclusion of vulnerable groups from participating in and benefiting from project activities, due to stigmatization, harmful cultural practices, acute poverty among vulnerable groups, discrimination and lack of participation in the planning process etc.

Destruction of cultural sites or denying access to cultural sites. Air pollution, noise, traffic accidents during construction Potential increase in malaria and other water-related diseases as water supplies

are increased in the project area Land acquisitions/use resulting in involuntary resettlement or loss of land and or

assets and livelihoods.

b. Negative environmental impacts

The adverse environmental impacts (soil erosion, soil and water pollution, loss of vegetation, dust) of the program will mainly come from siting, design, implementation and operation of sub-projects related to:

project infrastructure and related services prior to, during and after the construction activities,

water and sanitation facilities, agricultural practices without regard for appropriate technological methods, human practices tending to ignore normes,guidelines and safeguards, inappropriate or poor environmental management practices or lack of them, in

particular, sustained monitoring of activities, lack of or inadequacy of capacity, equipment, logistics and financial resources to

carry out the requisite management practices.

49

Table 7. Summary of Concerns

Area of environmental concern

Potential environmental impact

Remarks

Topography Topography

modification due to cut and fill activities.

Regulate the use of borrow sites to ensure that they are legally operated, do not hold stagnant water to allow breeding of mosquitos.

Refurbish borrow sites -Increased costs in

developing low gradient sites (for drainage and sewage treatment works)

Low lying swampy areas will not be classified for construction of buildings and other activities as per Ugandan laws and the Bank’s OP 4.04 Natural Habitats.

Geology and soils

Exposure and erosion of topsoil due to vegetation removal.

Set aside an area to stockpile topsoil for future landscaping

Increased exploitation of sand and murram for construction.

All illegal mining / quarrying operations should be stopped.and Ugandan laws in this regard be followed.

Rehabilitate the borrow pits after use.Flora and fauna Removal of

vegetation to make way for construction may encroach on the wetland areas

The project will work with NEMA to safeguard the integrity of these areas

The project will not fund any sub-projects that will have negative impacts on wetlands (see OP 4.04).

Wetlands Pollution by unprocessed effluent / polluted runoff (solids, heavy metals, etc) may kill the wetland vegetation and destroy its effluent stripping capability.

All effluent must be treated by the relevant sub-projects prior to discharge into wetlands.In the case of sewage, a pre-treatment is required by the sub-project before effluent is channeled into treatment plants.

The sub-projects will identify alternative disposal sites for effluents.

Baseline water quality data should be collected and analysed for all effluent discharges for conformity with the standards specified in a wetlands monitoring program.

The project will respect Ugandan laws and the Bank’s OP 4.04 Natural Habitats when making decisions on effluent disposal sites.

50

Area of environmental concern

Potential environmental impact

Remarks

Air pollution Emissions

Dust pollution

Increased levels of pollution due to an increase in motorized traffic and emissions from industrial processes.

Traffic emissions should be monitored and legally permitted levels should not be exceeded.

NEMA, with support from the program, should encourage the use of cleaner production technologies for all industrial processes.To the extent possible, the project will coordinate activities in this regard with the KIID Project.

Modification of microclimate

Monitoring studies recommended in order to establish baseline data.

Un-paved access roads that will be used daily by trucks and other construction vehicles will generate large amounts of dust.

Some industrial processes may expose their employees to large amounts of dust and particulate matter.

During construction, un-paved roads should be water sprayed / doused to reduce dust levels.

Employers should provide protective equipment e.g. dust masks and construct well-ventilated workshops as necessary..

Noise pollution Increased traffic noise from construction and transportation vehicles and machinery

Movement of vehicles and operation of construction machinery should be confined to daytime.

GroundWater pollution

Surface waterpollution

Potential for pollution of groundwater from improper practice by sub-projects.

All sub-projects should be required to pre-treat their effluent before it is sent to the treatment works. This should be included as a clause in their contracts.

Construction of pit-latrines, septic tanks and soakaways could cause seepage of of contaminated water into aquifers.

construction should be monitored by local/district public health officials notably in the siting of these items.

Environmental Guidelines for Rural Water Supply and Sanitation sub-projects should be applied as appropriate ( see Annex 8)

51

Area of environmental concern

Potential environmental impact

Remarks

Social Human health problems.

Employment opportunities for unskilled workers during construction for the community living around the project area.

Increase in HIV / AIDS and STDs cases in the project areas.

Destroying of cultural sites or denying the people access to cultural sites.

Avoid implanting residential areas down-wind of heavy air polluting activities.

Improvement of income levels and living standards for the community.

The health status of the general population should continue to be monitored and steps taken to prevent occurrence of HIV / AIDS and STDs. This will be done by HLGs.

In coordination with the Ministry of Health and/or the National Aids Council, MoLG and LGs should provide appropriate HIV/AIDS Training.

The contractors should ensure that all stagnant water is removed from site so as not to allow breeding of mosquitoes.

LGs will work with the Ministry of Health to ensure that issues related to malaria and other water-borne diseases are addressed in the project areas.

Consult and work with the concerned communities to conserve the cultural sites. Provide passage to cultural sites.

52

Table 8: Specific Adverse Environmental Impacts due to Infrastructure Construction (buildings,roads, Water Supply and Sanitation Facilities, Markets etc.,)

Phase Potential adverse impactsPrior to / During Constructions(Implantation of Contractor and Work Phase)

- degradation of storage sites of construction materials and equipment,

- loss of vegetation and degradation of soils, surface water pollution, - deforestation for construction site access,- air pollution due to vehicle rotation, noise,- soil pollution from motor oil and lubrifiants,- waste generated by construction work,- pollution resulting in degradation of the living environment,- soil erosion, - loss of natural habitat zones and biodiversityImpacts on the biophysical environment - Deforestation with the opening and the exploitation of quarries, - Risks of bush fires by uncontrolled burning, - Sedimentation of water bodies, - Obstruction of drainage patterns,- Pollution and temporary disruption of river out-flow (by storage of

construction materials),- Accidental discharge of oils and lubrifiants,- Dust pollution, - Loss of vegetation (clearings, reticulation systems and piped water

connections. - Disruption of the traffic during works, trench digging, and

excavations, - Accident risks (non protected trenches, machinery, etc.), - disruption of the surrounding drainage system,

After Construction(Operations)

- Unserviceable sanitation facilities and absence of access to water and electricity.

- unrehabilitated quarries and burrow pits (habitats for the malaria vector and bilharzia snail),

- Non-restoration of the landscape and regeneration of the vegetation cover.

- Accidents (turns, critical points, etc.), - Flying dust on lateritic roads (through communities), - Facilitation of access to the protected natural resources. Increase

of water use, - over-extraction of the ground water, - Increased competition for the use of natural resources,- proliferation of invading aquatic plants, - development of water related diseases (malaria, bilharzias, etc.), - reduction of arable and pastoral surfaces, - increase in the population density around the infrastructures.

53

Table 9: Adverse Environmental Impacts of Socio-Economic Activities

Sub-sector Potential Adverse ImpactsFruit trees (e.g Cashew) - stripping and draining of wetlands,

- sensitive habitat destruction- reclamation of wooded zones, - soil erosion, disruption of the water cycle,- loss of grazing land, , - pollution of groundwater aquifers , rivers, water bodies, - contamination of livestock watering points, - pesticides poisoning, - pesticides residues in the food chain, - use of empty containers to store food or water, - dislocation of non- targeted populations,

Promotion of agricultural activitiesMarket gardening

Nurseries, orchards and small irrigated market gardening. .

Sub-sector Potential Adverse Impacts

Animal Husbandry

- reduction of grazing capacity - tree felling for the establishment of paddocks, - soil erosion - Loss of vegetation around the works (watering points, etc.), - excessive withdrawal of the aquifers.

Sub-sector Potential Adverse Impacts

Fisheries

- disappearance of grazing lands- change in water flows - competition with other water uses - water pollution (chemicals, etc.) - depletion of local fish populations with the introduction of exotic species - development of water related diseases

Unsafe Medical Waste ManagementThe program will ensure safe medical waste management in its health centers through the provision of relevant equipment (i.e. for collection, transport, temporary storage, dispsal) and appropriate training of health center staff and dump site operators. Accordingly, the appropriate disposal of health care waste material will be incorporated in the sub-project design. The program will be guided by the Medical Waste Management Plan discussed earlier and consult with the District Health Officers and the Ministry of Health as necessary.

Potential adverse environmental and social impacts relate to air pollution which arises largely from the fact that health care wastes are often incinerated or burnt in the open air in order to eliminate or reduce infection. If poorly designed (or poorly operated), incinerators can pollute the air with:

particulate matter arising from inefficient combustion; acidic gases due to the presence of PVC plastic, pharmaceuticals and chemicals (containing chlorine, sulphur, nitrogen, etc.);

54

dioxins formed from organic substances in contact with chlorine during combustion; and

heavy metals, in particular mercury which is volatile when heated. The majority of the substances emitted during incomplete incineration are poisonous and cancerogenic.

To ensure that potential adverse impacts are addressed properly during the design, construction, and subsequent operation of the health centers to be funded under the project, the environmental and social screening process includes relevant questions and refers the sub-project implementers to the national medical waste plan (annex 7 of the ESMF).,and the checklists contained in annex 2 of the ESMF will include guidance in this regard.

The recommended waste management system should aim at:

Avoidance or minimization of secondary impacts from the disposal system Prevention of human access and scavenging activities Control of contamination of land, air or water Avoidance of disease vectors (insects, rodents etc.)

Separation and intermediate storage of HCW:Appropriate waste containers and packaging material will be provided for all health centres. Proper source segregation and intermediate storage will be implemented at all health centres.

For the safe segregation and collection of the different waste, the following types of containers and packaging material are needed:

Sharps containers to be provided should be safe, secure containers with lids, with access for putting in the sharps, but stopping retrieval of the disposed waste. The containers should be disposed of together with the sharps.

The containers for the rest of HCW be reusable and have lockable leak proof lids with clear labelling areas. The containers should be supplied with plastic liners to make disposal of wastes safe for handlers.

Transport and treatment:Infectious waste and sharps will be collected from all health centres and transported for treatment in brick incinerators at district level. Some pathological waste (placentas, body parts etc.) will be disposed off in placenta pits at individual health centres. Other pathological waste will be treated in brick incinerators at district level.

A central national treatment facility for pharmaceutical and other special HCRW will be established. This facility should have sufficient capacity to treat pharmaceutical waste from all of Uganda. Waste from all health centres nationwide will be collected at district level and from there transported to this treatment facility. The operation of the treatment and transport system will be organised and controlled directly by Ministry of Health or tendered out to a private operator/operators and controlled and regulated by MOH and NEMA.

55

Final Disposal:General waste similar to town council/municipal waste will be burned and/or buried within the premises of the health centres or transported for disposal at town council/municipal dumpsites/landfills.

As regards the mitigation of potential adverse environmental and social impacts due to construction and/or rehabilitation activities, it is recommended that the Environmental Guidelines for Contractors (Annex 3) are attached to the budding documents to ensure that the contractor’s obligations. Dependeing on the type of sub-project, additional requirements might be added to the afore-mentioned environmental guidelines.

The environmental and social screening form (Annex 1); the environmental and social checklist (Annex 2); as well as the mitigation measures described in this Annex and the environmental guidelines for contractors described in Annex 3 are specifically designed to ensure that adverse social impacts from the sub-projects to be funded under the proposed program are captured at the planning stages and effectively mitigated. Both, environmental and social mitigation measures would be verifiable and monitored during the various stages of the program cycle by the LGs, MoLG and NEMA.

8. THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING PROCESS

8.1. The Environmental and Social Screening Process The sections below illustrate the stages (steps 1-7) of the environmental and social screening process leading to the review and approval of the local government development and service delivery program activities to be implemented. The purpose of this screening process is to determine which activities are likely to have negative environmental and social impacts; to determine appropriate mitigation measures for activities with adverse impacts; to incorporate mitigation measures into the sub-project as appropriate; to review and approve the sub-project’s proposals; to monitor environmental parameters during the implementation of activities.

The extent of environmental work that might be required prior to the commencement of the sub-projects will depend on the outcome of the screening process described below.

8.2. The Screening StepsThe environmental and social process of screening consists of the following steps:

Step 1: Screening of the LGMSD Sub-Projects.

The initial screening in the field will be carried out by the Environmental Focal Person (EFP) located at Sub-county and Town Council levels. At district and Municipal level this will be done by the District/Municipal Environment Officer. To ensure that the EFPs can carry out their responsibilities efficiently, they will receive environmental training.

It should be understood that an EFP would be identified at LLG level and would be an extension staff preferably from the Agriculture, Veterinary, Health or Community Based Services sectors.

56

The EFP will complete the Environmental and Social Screening Form . Completion of this screening form will facilitate the identification of potential environmental and social impacts, determination of their significance, assignment of the appropriate environmental category, proposal of appropriate environmental mitigation measures, or recommend the execution of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), if necessary.

Step 2: Assigning the appropriate Environmental Categories

The assignment of the appropriate environmental category to a particular activity will be based on the information provided in the environmental and social screening form. The EFP will be responsible for categorising an activity either as A, B, or C.

Category A: activities will have significant adverse impacts and will require an environmental impact assessment,

Category B: activities will have less significant impacts which can be easily mitigated or addressed through redesign of the sub-project. Depending on the extent of adverse environmental and social impacts, (i) the application of environmental and social mitigation measures as listed in the Environmental and Social Checklist (Annex 2 of the ESMF) might suffice, or, (ii) should the impacts be more significant, a separate environmental impact assessment

Category C: activities will have no or insignificant impacts, and therefore require no additional environmental work. These sub-projects can be implemented immediately.

It should be noted that any sub-projects that have been assigned the environmental category A will not be funded, because the parent project has been categorized as a B.

The assignment of the appropriate environmental category will be based on the provisions in OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment. Consistent with this operational policy, most activities under the LGMSDP are likely to be categorized as B or C for that matter, meaning that their potential adverse environmental impacts on human populations or environmentally important areas – including wetlands, forests, grasslands, and other natural habitats, cultural heritage sites – are reversible or neutral and mitigating measures are readily available for inclusion in the project design.

Step 3: Carrying out Environmental WorkAfter analyzing the data contained in the environmental and social screening form and after having identified the right environmental category and thus the scope of the environmental work required, the EFP will make a recommendation to the TPC or NEMA establishing whether: (a) no environmental work will be required; (b) the implementation of simple mitigation measures will be enough; or (c) a separate environmental impact assessment EIA will be carried out.

According to the results of the screening process, the following environmental work can be carried out:

57

(a) Use of the environmental and social check list (Annex 2): The environmental and social check list (Annex 2) will be filled by EFPs at lower LGs level and by the District/Municipal Environment Officer at high LG levels. This checklist will be amended by qualified personnel based on the requirements of the sub-project at hand. Activities categorised as simple category B (B1) activities might benefit from the application of simple mitigation measures outlined in the checklists. In situations where the screening process identifies the need for land acquisition, qualified service providers would prepare a RAP (Resettlement Action Plan), consistent with the WB OP 4.12, and the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) that has been prepared as a separate document for this project.

(b) Carrying out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA): In some cases, the results of the environmental and social screening process may indicate that the activities scheduled are more complex (B2) and would therefore require conducting a separate EIA. Draft Terms of Reference can be found in Annex 5. The EIA terms of reference will be prepared by NEMAand will be conducted by qualified consultants/persons authorised/agreed by the appropriate Local Government Institutions and NEMA.

The EIA will identify and assess the potential environmental impacts for the planned activities, assess alternative solutions and will design the mitigation, management and monitoring measures to be adopted. These measures will be quoted in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) that will be prepared as part of the EIA for each sub-project . The preparation of the EIA and the EMP will be done in consultation with all relevant stakeholders, including the people likely to be affected by the sub-project.

The EIA will follow the national procedure established in the framework of the Environmental Management Statutes and decrees in force and consistent with the WB OP 4.01. Sample EIA terms of reference have been provided in Annex 6 of this ESMF, to be adapted as necessary.

Step 4: Review and ApprovalReview: At the district or municipal level, the District/Municipal Environmental Officer will review the environmental and social screening forms as well as the EIA reports, and will make recommendations as to whether the results of the screening process or the EIA reports are acceptable. The District/Municipal Endironment Officer in conjunction with the relevant sector heads will review:

(i) The results and recommendations presented in the environmental and social screening forms.

(ii) As appropriate, the results of EIAs to ensure that all environmental and social impacts have been identified and effective mitigation measures have been proposed and incorporated into the sub-projects and an EMP with associated costs prepared. Subsequently, the EIA will be sent to NEMA for final approval.

Approval/Rejection: Based on the results of the review of the environmental and social screening form, the District/Municipal Environment Officerwill approve the results and the assigned environmental category.

58

Following the review of the EIA by the District/Municipal Environment Officer, the EIA will be forwarded to NEMA for final review and clearance. The EIA reports will have to be reviewed in the light of the EFPs’ recommendations prior to approval/rejection by NEMA. If the EIA is approved, NEMA issues the necessary environmental permit that confirms the EIA has been satisfactorily completed and the project may proceed. A record of the decision explains how environmental issues were addressed in the process.

It is important to note that this review and approval process is to be carried out in parallel with the review and approval of the technical, economic, financial and other aspects of the sub-projects. Implementation of sub-projects cannot commence until the environmental and social aspects have been reviewed and appropriate mitigation measures have been adopted.

As regards social impacts due to land acquisition, the implementation of sub-projects cannot proceed until the resettlement and/or compensation plans have been prepared and implemented.

Step 5: Public Consultations and Disclosure:Public consultations will also take place during the environmental and social screening process, and the results will be communicated to the public by the EFP and the SC/Tc Community Workerat at village, parish and Sub-county levels. The District/Municipal Environment Officer will communicate the results of environment and social screening at District/Municipal levela. .According to the procedures governing the EIA, public information and participation must be ensured during the scoping period and the preparation of the terms of reference of the Environmental Impact Assessment. This will be done by the District/municipal Environment Officer in collaboration with the District/Municipal Community Development Officer and the Community workers at lower LGs level. Public information includes particularly:

One or several meetings for the presentation of the sub-project with a gathering of local authorities, the populations, the concerned organizations;

The opening of a register available to all the populations where will be consigned the preoccupations, the appreciations, remarks and suggestions formulated on the project.

A public information program is initiated, and public notices are issued during the scoping and EIA preparation stages. Whenever a public concern over the proposed sub-project is indicated and impacts are extensive and far-reaching, the District Chief Administrative Officer/Town Clerk (CAO/TC) is required to organize a public hearing. The results of the public hearing should be taken into account when a decision is taken whether or not a permit is to be issued.

These consultations should allow for the identification of the main issues and determine how the concerns of all parties will be tackled in the terms of reference for the EIA. The results of the consultations will be included in the EIA report and made available to the public by the CAO/TC.

For the LGMSD Program activities, the public consultation process could be spearheaded by the EFP, in two phases:

59

- during the screening and classification of sub-project activities and - during the analysis of environmental and social impacts. 

Step 6: Environmental Monitoring and Follow-upEnvironmental monitoring aims at checking the effectiveness and relevance of the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures. LG Environmental Officers as well as the trained persons at lower local government level will, depending on the scale or scope of the projects undertake the monitoring exercises in sequences and frequencies stipulated in the Project Implementation Schedule including where appropriate a Maintenance Schedule.

The District/Municipal Environment Officer, the Sub-couty/Town Council Environment Focal Person in conjunction with the relevant sector heads at high and lower LGs levels will monitor the implementation of environment mitigation measures based on the contractor’s workplan for District, lower LGs and parish investments.

The MoLG in collaboration with NEMA will monitor the implementation of the environment mitigation measures on a sample of LGs investments on quarterly basis. On annual basis the high LGs, MoLG in collaboration with NEMA will carry out a national assessment of LGs performance in environment and natural resource management using the indicators mentioned in step 7 in above. Step 7: Monitoring indicators

The monitoring indicators are described in the context of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and are presented here below. Environment Indicators

i) Loss of vegetationii) Land degradationiii) Compliance with Legislations.

These indicators must be reviewed in conjunction with Environmental Guidelines for Contractors, Pesticides use, Waste management, Maintenance of Facilities (education and health infrastructure, roads, water and sanitation facilities.

Social indicatorsi) Population incomes ii) Environmental and social awarenessiii) Effect of program implementation on local household economies.

In order to assess the efficiency/functionality of the LG Environmental and Natural Resources Sector, MOLG prepared an Assessment Manual specifying monitoring indicators designed to enable evaluation of performance of LGIs in the execution of LG programs/projects. The indicators in place were:

i) District/Municipal development plan reflects sound analysis of environment opportunities and constraints.ii) Evidence of envoronmental submission (e.g District/Municipal environmental action plan) and review by LGI commitees.

60

iii) District/Municipal Environmental Officer participates in formulation of Development Plans .iv) Annual budget and allocations reflect the needs to address environmental issues in these plans.v) Evidence that environment screening and EIAs, where appropriate are carried out for activities, projects and plans and mitigation measures are planned and budgetted for.vi) Evidence that mitigating measures are being implemented.vii) Evidence that mitigating measures are incorporated in bid documents.viii) Special capacity enhancement strategies for district/municipal environment

committees and DTPCs.ix) Environmental awareness training planned for and carried out during the

previous financial year. Listed below the ESMF presents additional technical indicators to cover the broad spectrum of key elements in monitoring:

i) Water quality in communities meet international standards,ii) Propriety and adequacy as well as location of sanitation facilities,iii) Proper waste management practices related to construction works,iv) Land restoration and revegetation after construction and or rehabilitation

works,v) Solid waste separation and recycling/disposal measures adopted in

settlements,vi) Quality of effluent waste discharges into the environment, particularly from

sewageand thermal plants, vii) Compliance with the Environmental Guidelines for Contractorsviii) Pest management practices by communities, ix) Best practices in the implementation of program activities,x) Appropriate and safe medical waste management especially the disposal of

sharps and placenta, expired drugs etc.

8.3. Responsibilities for the Implementation of the Screening Process

The ESMF is a tool to be used by qualified/trained Environmental Officers and Focal Persons (EFPs) located in the Local Government entities. The EOs will coordinate their activities with NEMA at central level and provide, through the program, the requisite training for lower local government personnel. The Environmental Checklists shown in annex 2 clearly identify the stages and institutional responsibilities for the screening, preparation, assessment, approval where appropriate and implementation of the mitigating measures identified for LGMSDP activities.

61

Table 10: Summary of the activities of the screening process and the responsibility centers

Activity Responsible officers/center

Initial screening in the field SC/TC EFP

Assignment of Environment category SC/TC EFP

Analysis of screening findings and preparation of screening forms and EIAs

SC/TC EFP

Review and approval of screening forms and EIAs reports and submission to NEMA

District/Municipal Environment officer (D/MEO)

Preapare and submit recommendations on EIAs to NEMA

D/MEO

Issue environment permit that confirms EIA is satisfactory

NEMA

Public consultation and disclosure EFP

Environment Monitoring SC/TC EFP, D/MEO, Sector Heads, NEMA, MoLG

9. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP)

9.1. Environmental and Social Management Plan

An Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for the LGMSD Program is intended to ensure efficient environmental and social management of its activities. The ESMP outlines the institutional responsibilities and related costs for the implementation of the proposed project. (Please complete on basis of correct project components.)

62

Table 11: An example of the Environmental and Social Management Plan – Summary

Project Activities

Potential Impacts

Mitigation Measures

Responsibility for implementing Mitigation Measures

Responsibility for monitoring implementation of the mitigation measures

Time Horizons

Cost Estimates(US$)

Component-Construction of buildings

Soil erosion, loss of vegetation, soil and water pollution

Loss of land and/or livelihoods

Application of Environmental Guidelines for Contractors

Implementation of the RPF

Contractors

CAO/TC & District/MunicipalCommunity Development Officer (D/MCDO

District/Municipal Engineer & District/Municipal Environment OfficerD/M CDO

Ongoing

As required

Included in contracts

As per value of property and resettlement expenses

-Construction of Health Centers

Soil erosion, loss of vegetation, soil and water pollution

Generation of medical waste

Loss of land and/or livelihoods

Application of Environmental Guidelines for Contractors

Implementation of relevant sections of Medical Waste Plan

Implementation of the RPF

Contractors

District Medical Officer of Health & District/Municipal Environment OfficerD/MCDO

District Medical Officer of Health & District/Municipal Environment Officer - Do -

CAO/TC & D/MCDO

Ongoing

As required

As required

Included in contracts

Included in project costs

Allocations from LG local revenue

-Roads Soil erosion, loss of vegetation, soil and water pollution

Loss of land and/or livelihoods

Application of Environmental Guidelines for Contractors

Implementation of the RPF

Contractors

D/MCDO

District/Municipal Engineer & District/Municipal Environment OfficerD/MCDO

Ongoing

As required

Included in contracts

Alocations from LG local revenue

-Water Supply & Sanitation

Soil erosion, loss of vegetation, soil and water pollution

Application of Environmental Guidelines for Contractors

Application of Environmental Guidelines for

Contractors

District Water Officer

District Water Officer & District/Municipal Environment officer

Ongoing Included in contracts

63

Project Activities

Potential Impacts

Mitigation Measures

Responsibility for implementing Mitigation Measures

Responsibility for monitoring implementation of the mitigation measures

Time Horizons

Cost Estimates(US$)

Loss of land and/or livelihoods

Increase in malaria and other water-borne diseases

Rural Water Supply & Sanitation Sub-Projects

Implementation of the RPF

D/MCDO

D/MCDO

As required

Component:Capacity Buidlingi)ENR management & mainstreaming in LGsii)ENR monitoring

US$8,584,800

The equipment and logistics support requirements as well as the training components are specified with all the associated costs. These have been the subjects of detailed discussions with NEMA and at the stakeholders meetings.The ESMP will be included in the Project Implementation Plan.

9.2. Institutions Responsible for Implementing and Monitoring the Mitigation Measures

Local Government Institutions, at their various levels are responsible for implementing and monitoring the prescribed mitigating measures throughout the program execution. This is in fact explicit in the participatory framework and environmental checklists formulated by MOLG and incorporated in this ESMF.

By the legal notices supplements of May 2004 under the National Environment Act, NEMA appointed several if not all District Environmental Officers as inspectors up to 2006 and presumably renewable, LG responsibilities for monitoring of environmental impacts of all socio-economic activities extends beyond the activities of the LGMSD program according legal status to LGs to call to order and eventually state the damages that could be incurred by corporations, industries/enterprises and others adversely impacting the environment in LG areas.

64

National Coordination/Supervision

At the central level, the NEMA, by it’s mandate oversees all environmental concerns in Uganda.

Execution/Implementation NEMA,Individual consultants or consultancy firms will be responsible for

carrying out the EIA studies, Private contractors, where retained, as in some cases in the execution of program

works activities and related mitigation measures shall undertake their tasks in accordance with this ESMF and the Environmental Guidelines for Contractors (Annex 2). The provisions of these documents will, amongst others be included the schedules for both the bidding and contract documents.

Monitoring

This exercise will be carried out by the Environmental Officers and suitably trained LLG personnel.

9.3 Capacity Building

This will be carried out through the following measures and activities:

xi) Provision of the minimum number of environmental officers for each district consistent with the scope and extent of environmental work required.

xii) Provision of the basic equipment and logistics required at the planning, implementation, sensitisation, training and monitoring stages of LG programs and this again for each district.

xiii) Training of HLG and LLG officers in environmental management and issues on resettlement/relocation of populations and associated elements such as loss/loss of access to assets/resources and the mechanisms for redressment.

xiv) Sustained sensitisation programs on education, awareness on issues of development, health,safety and security.

xv) Continued monitoring and assessment exercises by MOLG/PCU to follow-up and correct lapses or inadequacies that could arise at various LG levels.

Capacity Building For Enviroment And Social Management of LG Programs

A) Equipment, Training And Sensitisation Needs and Costs:

Following discusions with NEMA and in order to ensure smooth enviroment mainstreaming, all techinical staff and councillors need training in the use of the tools for environmental management. So far the checklists have been rolled over at district level whereby 11 technical staff in each district was trained in the use of the checklists. However following the training the following gaps were indentified and need urgent address. It therefore planned a number of activities to be implemented in order to:

65

Consolidate capacity of environment mainstreaming at the district level Strengthen capacity of environment management at sub-county and division

levels.

In reading this, it should be borne in mind that MOLG will have to scrutinise these activities to ensure harmony or avoid duplication with it’s capacity building activities.

Objective 1: Consolidate Capacity of Enviroment Mainstreaming and Monitoring at the District LevelThe National Environmental Management Authority, NEMA has in the last 10 years developed capacity of 27 districts to undertake environment mainstreaming. The remaining 56 districts including the newly created districts do not have enough capacity to sustain environment mainstreaming. There is therefore need to undertake capacity building at district level in order to create a critical mass to undertake environment mainstreaming.

In order to consolidate the capacity built at district level the following activities will be undertaken:

Activity 1 Support For Envirometal Monitoring And Surveillance To 56 Local Governments

Table 12: Indicative Budget For One (1) District – Provision Of Equipment ( In $ US)

ITEM ITEM DETAIL COST TOTALChemical and micro-bial test kit 21,600

Computer 1,000

Printer 500

Photo copier 600

Pick up 25,000

LCD Projector 1,380

Sub-Total Equipment----------------------------------------------------$US50,080

Logistics

0 no. 4-wheel drive vehicule-----------------------------------------------$US25,0001 no. Motobycycles----------------------------------------------------------$US18,000 Sub-Total—Logistics---------------------------------------------------- $US43,000

66

Recurrent costs, (annual) – maintenance of vehicules, fuel, cosummables and chemical reagents: approximately--$US10,000

A staff audit must be undertaken at LGs to clearly define minimum personnel requirements.At least an Environmental Officer and two monitors will be required at District and Municipal councils and budgetted for.

Activity 2: Conduct environment mainstreaming training for councilors & DTPC in 56 districts.

Table 13: Budget for training of councillors in ENR management training

Activity Item Item detail Total Comment Conduct Environmental mainstreaming training in 56 districts for 5 days

Full board 75,000 x 5 x 45

16,875,000

Transport refund 20,000 x 45 900,0005 Resource persons for 6 days (1 day for travel

75,000 x 5 x 6

2,250,000

Fuel 500,000 500,000Driver for 6 days (1 day of travel)

35,000 X 6 210,000

Hall Hire 150,000 X 5 450,000Stationery 250,000 250,000Vihical for fieldwork

100,000 x 2 200,000

1 training session 56 training sessin

21,635,0002,423,120,000

Activty 3: Undertake assesment and support for environment compliance at the district and sub-county level for all districts

Table 14: Budget for compliance assessment of LGs on ENR management

Activity Item Item detail Cost Total Comment Assess for 3 days per district per year

2 monitors 75,000 x 2 x 3 450,000 MOLG/PCU undertakes this as a routine exercise.

Driver 35,000 x 3 105,000Fuel in the field

30,000 x 3 250,000

Contingency 100,000 100,000995,000

83 districts 82,585,000

67

Activity 4: Stakeholders Consultations.

Table 15: Budget for stakeholders consultation

Activity Item Item detail Cost Total Comment Evaluation materialHire consultant

30 man days 300,000 x 30 9,000,000Field travel 300,000 300,000Per diem 75,000 x 15 1,125,000Consultative meetings at district level

1,000,000 x 4 4,000,000

14,425,000 14,425,000Stakeholder meetings

2 stakeholder consultative 2 day meetings at national level 40 ppts

75,000 x 40 x 2 6,000,000

Hall Hire 300,000 x 2 600,000Transport refund

50,000 x 40 200,000

Photocoping 200,000 200,000Stationery 200,000 200,000

Publish materials

Posters, leaflets, booklets @ 10,000

10,000 x 3000 x 3

90,000,000 90,000,000

Objective: 5 STRENGTHENING LOCAL GOVERNMENT CAPACITY TO MAINSTREAM ENVIRONMENT IN DEVELOPMENT PLANS AT SUB – COUNTY LEVEL Activity 1: Undertake enviromental training for all sub-counties, and 65 town councils (for the Sub–county Chief, LC Chaiman, Community development Officer, Chairman Investiment Committee, and other staff assigned environment responsibilities)

68

Table 16: ENR management training for LLGs

Activity Item Item detail Cost Total cost

Comment

97 training workshops at lower local councils

5 people per unit total for 965 units 4825 persons trained for 3 days

4825 x 65,000 x 3 940,875,000

Hall Hire 300,000 x 3 x 97 87,300,000Tranport refund

20,000 x 4825 96,500,000

Per diem for 4 resource persons at 75,000/= @ for 3 days

75,000 x 4 people x 3 days x 97

87,300,000

Per diem for workshop administrator 75,000/= for 3 days

75,000 x 3 x 97 21,825,000

Per diem for secretary @ 55,000/= for 3 days

55,000 x 3 x 97 16,005,000

Per diem for rappotour @ 65,000/= for 3 days

65,000 x 3 x 97 18,910,000

Per diem for driver @ 35,000 for 3 days

35,000 x 3 x 97 20,370,000

Per diem for monitor @ 75,000 for 3 days

75,000 x 2x3 x 97 43,650,000

4 resource persons’ allowance at 200,000

4 x 200,000 x 97 77,600,000

Fuel 250,000 x 97 x 2 48,500,000Contingency 200,000 x 97 19,400,000

1,459,416,018

i.e $US 8,584,800 (Eight Million Five Hundred and Eighty Four Thousand,Eight Hundred) US Dollars.

69

Content of Training & and Costs

MOLG or NEMA will be primarily responsible for carrying out this training as it has done previously. The consultant proposes below, without this being exhaustive, the content of this exercise:

a) Environmental and Social Management process Review of Environmental and Social Management Process. Assignment of environmental categories Use of Screening form and Checklist Preparation of terms of reference for carrying out EA Design of appropriate mitigation measures. How to review and approve EA reports The importance of public consultations in the ESMF process. How to monitor project implementation and mitigation measures.How to embed

the Environmental and Social Management process into the implementation of sub-projects.

b) Environmental and Social Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Review and' discussion of Uganda’s national environmental policies, procedures,

and legislation, Review and discussion of the Bank's safeguards policies, Strategies for consultation, participation and social inclusion, Collaboration with institutions and stakeholders at all levels (local, provincial,

national, NGOs.)

c) Selected Topics on Environmental Protection Hygiene and security during the program activities, Maintenance of infrastructures and equipments, Medical waste management, Pest management, Groundwater management, Protection of lakes, rivers, wetlands and other water bodies.

Provision for EIA and RAP:

No budgetary provisions have been made for EIA or RAPs as at the time of formulating this ESMF, the scope, extent or nature of sub- projects associated with the components/ activities and related services on the program were yet to be finalised nor was it evident that these or just statements would suffice for project approvals. Planning in LGs is done on annual basis and as such the sub-projects can only be known towards the end of each LG planning cycle (April/May). Hence no cost estimates for EIAs are provided. Furthermore, under LGDP II and I there were no cases of displacement nor resettlement of persons and as such no experience was gained in that respect to warrant a wise cost estimate

9.4. Monitoring Plan - Monitoring Indicators

The objective for monitoring is two fold:

70

(i) to alert project authorities and to provide timely information about the effectiveness of the Environmental and Social Management process outlined in the ESMF in such a manner that changes can be made as required to ensure continuous improvement to the process,

(ii) to make a final evaluation in order to determine whether the mitigation measures have been successful in such a way that the pre- program environmental and social conditions have been restored, improved or worse than before and to determine what further mitigation measures may be required.

A number of indicators have been specified in chapter 8.2 step 7 to be used in order to determine the status of the affected environment as follows:

-has the pre-program human and natural environmental state been maintained or improved from program activities and,

-has the effectiveness of the ESMF technical assistance, review, approval and monitoring process been adequate to pre-empt and correct negative impacts inherent in certain types of LGMSDP activities.

Environmental Indicators: Loss of vegetation; -Land degradation; -Compliance with Legislations.

These indicators must be reviewed in conjunction with:

Environmental Guidelines for Contractors, Pesticides use, Waste management, Maintenance of Facilities (education and health infrastructure, roads, water and sanitation facilities.

Social indicators: Population incomes, Environmental and social awareness, Effect of programimplementation on local household economies.

Assessment for compliance indicatorsIn order to assess the efficiency/functionality of the LG Environmental and Natural Resources Sector, MOLG prepared an Assessment Manual specifying monitoring indicators designed to enable evaluation of performance of LGIs in the execution of LG programs/projects. The indicators in place were:

District/Municipal development plan reflects sound analysis of environment opportunities and constraints.

Evidence of envoronmental submission (e.g District/Municipal environmental action plan) and review by LGI commitees.

71

District/Municipal Environmental Officer participates in formulation of Development Plans .

Annual budget and allocations reflect the needs to address environmental issues in these plans.

Evidence that environment screening and EIAs, where appropriate are carried out for activities, projects and plans and mitigation measures are planned and budgetted for.

Evidence that mitigating measures are being implemented. Evidence that mitigating measures are incorporated in bid documents. Special capacity enhancement strategies for district/municipal environment

committees and DTPCs. Environmental awareness training planned for and carried out during the previous

financial year.

The consultant, in reviewing these indicators found them crucial to the monitoring process. They provide, taken together a method by which LGs can, in a timely manner identify and correct lapses or inadequacies be these administrative, financial or technical, in the execution of project environmental and social safeguards.

This ESMF presents additional technical indicators to cover the broad spectrum of key elements in monitoring:

i)water quality in communities meet international standards,ii)propriety and adequacy as well as location of sanitation facilities,iii)proper waste management practices related to construction works, land restoration and revegetation after construction and or rehabilitation works,iv) solid waste separation and recycling/disposal measures adopted in settlements,v) quality of effluent waste discharges into the environment, particularly from sewageand thermal plants, vi) compliance with the Environmental Guidelines for Contractorsvii) pest management practices by communities, viii) best practices in the implementation of program activities,ix) appropriate and safe medical waste management especially the disposal of sharps and placenta, expired drugs etc.

These monitoring indicators should be included in the MOLG LOGICS Manual as well as in the Project Implementation Manual.

9.5. Budget for the Environmental and Social Management of the LGMSDP

The budget for environment and social management depending on the nature of environment mitigatin measures will not exceed 5% of the total sub-project cost. For this reason, the cost estimate for environment and social management of LGMSDP will be 5% of the Local Development Grant (that is US$6.9m).The infrastructure and services environmental management costs should be determined for each sub-project and built into the project costs.

72

The Consultant felt that the PIPs should stipulate in a systematic manner follow-up plans, notably, in the maintenance of the facilities.

9.6 Institutional Support to the NEMA and Local Government Institutions

An increase in Budgetary and Institutional support for NEMA may be required if the authority has to oversee country-wide environmental management of the broader and more complex activities of LG Programs and programs/projects impacting LG communities. The LGMSDP will support NEMA to work hand in hand with MoLG to undertake the following activities.

Table 17: Budget estimate for the combined MoLG and NEMA support to LGs

Activity Cost estimates (Ushs.)Training of LGs councillors in ENR management and mainstreaming

2,423,120,000

Assessment of LGs for compliance with ENR management and mainstreaming procedures

83,585,000

Stakeholders consultation 90,000,000Training of LLGs in ENR management and manistreaming

1,459,416,018

Total 4,056,121,018

US$2,385,953,540 (exchange rate used:Ushs.1700+US$1)

Local Government institutions must be endowed with: adequate personnel for environmental management tasks, sufficient equipment and logistics such as transport, sufficient financial provisions for recurrent costs such as fuel and reagents for

their monitoring programs.

10. RECOMMENDATIONS

10.1 Specific RecommendationsThe consultant, during his field trip in all regions of the country has found certain key areas that will need to be addressed in the proposed program.

a) Solid Waste Management:The handling and disposal of several categories of waste should be well defined

-general household waste should be separated with inorganic matter set aside for subsequent recycling and organic (bio-degradable) matter to be composted for manure.Several LG institutions already have projects in the pipe-line in this connection. –potentially toxic solid wastes such as batteries, unusable computer and refrigeration equipment should be properly stored.The present trend in some countries is for a contractual agreement between manufacturer and country for recovery and recycling or disposal of these types of waste.

73

b) Liquid Waste: All liquid waste should be treated and tested to determine it’s fitness for discharge into the environment. Liquid wastes from sewerage treatment plants and power plants are two examples in this regard. Oils and lubrifiants should be recovered as they can be recycled for use in power plants or sold in the mechanical/wood preservation market sector.

c) Water and Sanitation facilities should as a matter of priority be provided to all communities especially the poorest elements in densely populated settlements to pre-empt outbreaks of water-borne or water-related deseases.The siting of the facilities should be such that no pollution of water sources can take place. Proper drainage systems must be included in the design of all water points.

d) Community roads; dislocation of natural water-ways should where possible be avoided and use of culverts and drains long the road alignments should be the norme.

e) Markets and associted facilities such as adequate water and sanition and waste disposal should be provided/rehabilitated due to the crying need for them by communities.

f) Bee-keeping, weaving, dyeing, aqua-culture and agro-processing are key income-generating activities that should be promoted especially where they assist to alleviate pressures land use and resettlement/relocation issues.

g) Entomology programs such as malaria and bilharzia control activities should be promoted in all LG areas.

h) A staff and logistics audit should be carried out to determine the costs of environmental management and capacity building required at both HLG and LLG levels with the results translated into real financial obligations for Local Government support

i) For Northern and Eastern Uganda, given the on-going conflicts and the expected daunting issues related to economic and social development and associated environmental concerns, prevailing and expected resettlement and land issues to be addressed, the consultant strongly recommends that, for these two entities, ‘Stand Alone’ ESMFs and RPFs be formulated to deal with these issues as part of the soci-economic development programs and conflict-resolution strategies. The LGMSDP will only fund the implementation of activities/sub-projects identified by the LGs during the annual planning cycle, within the mandate of the relevant LGs and approved by the council as stipulated by the Local Government Act. Hence any recommendation falling out of the mandate of the LGs will not be funded by the LGMSDP. All the activities to be funded by the LGMSDP will only be those associated by the projects identified by LGs and hence will be implemented by the LGs.

10.2 General Recommendations

74

These relate to the anarchic occupation of wetlands, drainage valleys, notably in large agglomerations and protected forests. The answer lies in the vigilance of LGs to prevent these settlements at the out-set.Where the municipality, district or LG area is land stressed, the LGIs should initiate less extensive socio-economic activities such as agro-processing, aqua-culture and appropriate cottage industries to sustain the populations concerned.

With repect to the infrastructure sub-projects of the LGMSD Program, the implementation of the EMPs and RAPs should be integral components of the overall project costs and as such cannot be side-lined nor postponed.

The contractors, in the execution of their contracts should:

Comply with the environmental, management guidelines described in Annex 3

Comply with all of the requirements of the EIA and the ESMF and shall, in accordance with accepted standards, employ techniques, practices and methods of construction that will ensure compliance with these standards and, in general, minimise environmental damage, control waste, avoid pollution, prevent loss or damage to natural resources, and minimise effects on surrounding landowners, occupants and the general public,

Implement such agreed remedial measures immediately to prevent further damage and to repair and restore any damage that may have occurred prior to, during and after construction,

Organise labour, plant, transport and equipment to perform the work in accordance with the environmental requirements,

Ensure the project is implemented in accordance with the environmental standards specified in the ESMF,

Implement agreed actions resulting from routine monitoring, or inspections,

In addition, shall implement their own audits to ensure conformity with the requirements of the ESMF,

No certficate of completion of works shall be given until such time as the LGMSD Project Management is satisfied through it’s own audit that all environmental and social mitigation measures have been effectively put in place.

75

ANNEX I: Environmental and Social Screening Form (ESSF)

Please type or print clearly, completing this form in its entirety. You may provide additional information on a separate sheet of paper if necessary. Kindly note that the information you are to provide is required by Section 22 of the National Environmental Management Act of 1994 and it is an offence to give inaccurate information under Section 53 (C) of the same Act.

SECTION 1: INFORMATION ON THE CONTACT PERSON

Name: -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Institutional Affiliation -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Business Title / position -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Business Address -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Telephone -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 2: DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT

Name of Proposed Project -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Date expected to start construction -----------------------------------------------------------------

Proposed location of project -----------------------------------------------------------------------(Attach a map or maps, covering the proposed site and surrounding 5 km radius)

Land Area -----------------------------------------------------------------------(Approximate land area and of proposed location)

Current Land Use (Describe how the land is being used at present)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Describe any Possible Alternative Site(s) ---------------------------------------------------------

76

Describe other types of facilities (including health centres and schools) which are located within 100 metres of the site, or are proposed to be located near the proposed facility. Indicate the proximity of the proposed site to residential areas, national parks or areas of ecological, historical or cultural importance.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Indicate whether adequate infrastructure exists at the proposed location, or whether new building, roads, electricity and water lines, or drainage systems will need to be constructed as a part of the proposed project.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 3: EMPLOYEES AND LABOURERS

Number of people to be employed:

Employees and Labourers During Construction During Routine Operation

FULL-TIMEPART-TIME

Indicate whether you plan to construct housing / sanitation facilities for temporary or permanent workers.

SECTION 4: PRODUCTS

Briefly state the nature of the product(s) or output of the proposed sub-project and the expected quantities on a quarterly or annual basis. Indicate the intended uses of the product(s).

Name of Product / Output

Description of Uses Anticipated Output per Qtr/Yr

77

SECTION 5: BY-PRODUCTS, WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

Specify the nature of each waste or by-product and the quantity to be generatedType Description Quantity in Kg per

wk/moProposed disposal method

Solid (Bulk)Solid (particulate)LiquidGaseousMedical WasteAsbestosPCBOther

Proposed method of disposal or management of waste (e.g. burning, burying, landfills etc.) and capacity needed to safely implement the proposed disposal method

Type(s) and Source

Method of Disposal / Management Capacity Needs

Indicate sources of noise pollution, the type / quality of noise (i.e. machinery / repetitive pounding, etc.)Source of Noise Type of Noise

SECTION 6: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Please indicate environmental impacts that may occur as a result of the proposed project.

A. The Biological Environment

8.0 The Natural Environment 8.1 Describe the habitats and flora and fauna in the sub-project area and in the entire area

expected to be affected by the sub-project (e.g., downstream areas, access roads):

________________________________________________________________

78

8.2 Will the sub-project directly or indirectly affect:8.2.1 Natural forest types?8.2.2 Mangroves or swamps?8.2.3 Wetlands (i.e., lakes, rivers, swamps, seasonally inundated areas)?8.2.4 Natural critical habitats (parks, protected areas)?8.2.5 Other habitats of threatened species that require protection under Mozambican

laws and/or international agreements?

YES ________ NO _______

8.3 Are there according to background research / observations any threatened / endemic species in the project area that could be affected by the project?

YES _________ NO ________

8.4 Will vegetation be cleared?

YES _________ NO _________

8.5 Will there be any potential risk of habitat fragmentation due to the clearing activities?

YES ________ NO __________

8.6 Will the project lead to a change in access, leading to an increase in the risk of depleting biodiversity resources?

YES ________ NO _________

Provide an additional description for “yes” answers:

_______________________________________________

9.0 Protected AreasDoes the sub-project area or do sub-project activities:

9.1 Occur within or adjacent to any designated protected areas?

YES ______ NO _______

9.2 Affect any protected area downstream of the project?

YES ______ NO _______

79

9.3 Affect any ecological corridors used by migratory or nomadic species located between any protected areas or between important natural habitats (protected or not) (e.g., mammals or birds)?

YES ______ NO _______

Provide an additional description for “yes” answers:

________________________________________________________

10.0 Invasive Species 10.1 Is the sub-project likely to result in the dispersion of or increase in the population of

invasive plants or animals (e.g., along distribution lines or as a result of a dam)?

YES ______ NO ______

Provide an additional description for a “yes” answer:

_____________________________________________________________________

B. The Physical Environment

11.0 Geology / Soils 11.1 Will vegetation be removed and any surface left bare? YES _____ NO _____

11.2 Will slope or soil stability be affected by the project? YES _____ NO _____

11.3 Will the sub-project cause physical changes in the project area (e.g., changes to the topography)? YES _____ NO ______

11.4 Will local resources, such as rocks, wood, sand, gravel, or groundwater be used?YES ____ NO ____

11.5 Could the sub-project potentially cause an increase in soil salinity in or downstream the project area? YES ______ NO ______

11.6 Could the soil exposed due to the project potentially lead to an increase in lixiviation of metals, clay sediments, or organic materials? YES ______ NO _______

____________________________________________________________

12.0 Landscape / Aesthetics12.1 Is there a possibility that the sub-project will adversely affect the aesthetics of the

landscape? YES _____ NO ____

_______________________________________________________

80

13.0 Pollution13.1 Will the sub-project use or store dangerous substances (e.g., large quantities of hydrocarbons)? YES ______ NO _______

13.2 Will the sub-project produce harmful substances? YES _____ NO _____

13.3 Will the sub-project produce solid or liquid wastes? YES _____ NO _____

13.4 Will the sub-project cause air pollution? YES _____ NO ______

13.5 Will the sub-project generate noise? YES _____ NO ______

13.6 Will the sub-project generate electromagnetic emissions? YES ____ NO _____

13.7 Will the sub-project release pollutants into the environment? YES ____ NO ____

13.8 Will the sub-project generate medical waste? YES___ NO_

13.9 Will the sub-project generate asebestos? YES NO

14.0 Will the sub-project generate PCB? YES NO_______________________________________________________

C. The Social Environment

14.0 Land Use, Resettlement, and/or Land Acquisition 14.1 Describe existing land uses on and around the sub-project area (e.g., community

facilities, agriculture, tourism, private property, or hunting areas):

____________________________________________________________

14.2 Are there any land use plans on or near the sub-project location, which will be negatively affected by sub-project implementation? YES ____ NO ____

14.3 Are there any areas on or near the sub-project location, which are densely populated which could be affected by the sub-project? YES _____ NO _____

14.4 Are there sensitive land uses near the project area (e.g., hospitals, schools)?YES ____ NO____

14.5 Will there be a loss of livelihoods among the population? YES ____ NO ____

14.6 Will the sub-project affect any resources that local people take from the natural environment? YES _____ NO ______

14.7 Will there be additional demands on local water supplies or other local resources?YES _____ NO ______

14.8 Will the sub-project restrict people's access to land or natural resources?YES ____ NO ____

81

14.9 Will the project require resettlement and/or compensation of any residents, including squatters? YES _____ NO _____

14.10 Will the sub-project result in construction workers or other people moving into or having access to the area (for a long time period and in large numbers compared to permanent residents)? YES ____ NO _____

14.11 Who is/are the present owner(s)/users of resources/infrastructures the sub-project area?

_____________________________________________________________

15.0 Loss of Crops, Fruit Trees, and Household InfrastructureWill the sub-project result in the permanent or temporary loss of:

15.1 Crops?

15.2 Fruit trees / coconut palms?

15.3 Household infrastructure?

15.4 Any other assets/resources?

16.0 Occupational Health and Safety, Health, Welfare, Employment, and Gender

16.1 Is the sub-project likely to safeguard worker’s health and safety and public safety (e.g., occupational health and safety issues)? YES _____ NO ______

16.2 How will the sub-project minimize the risk of accidents? How will accidents be managed, when they do occur?

_____________________________________________________________________

16.3 Is the project likely to provide local employment opportunities, including employment opportunities for women? YES ______ NO _____

Provide an additional description for “yes” answers:

_______________________________________________________________

17.0 Historical, Archaeological, or Cultural Heritage SitesBased on available sources, consultation with local authorities, local knowledge and/or observations, could the sub-project alter:

17.1 Historical heritage site(s) or require excavation near the same? YES ____ NO _____

17.2 Archaeological heritage site(s) or require excavation near the same? YES ____ NO ____

17.3 Cultural heritage site(s) or require excavation near the same? YES _____ NO ____

82

17.4 Graves, or sacred locations (e.g., fetish trees or stones) or require excavations near the same? YES ______ NO ______

N.B For all affirmative answers ( YES) Provide description, possible alternatives reviewed and/or appropriate mitigating measures.

__________________________________________________________

D. RECOMMENDATIONS:

Based on the above screening results, the following recommendations are made:

1. The sub-project has been assigned the environmental category A: Since the parent project has been categorized as a B, this sub-project cannot be funded.

2. The sub-project has been assigned the environmental category: B1: Implementation of the environmental mitigation measures as proposed in the Environmental and Social Checklist (with amendments as appropriate) and as per Environmental Guidelines for Contractors and Clause 8 contained in the Bidding Documents will suffice

3. The sub-project has been assigned the environmental category B2: The sub-project will require a separate Environmental Impact Assessment to be reviewed and approved by NEMA.

4. The sub-project has been assigned the environmental category C: The sub-project does not require any additional environmental work and therefore can be implemented immediately.

In the event that a sub-project requires land acquisition, please prepare and implement a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) consistent with the provisions of the Resettlement Policy Framework, July 2007

Please note that civil works cannot commence until the provisions of the RAP have been implemented to the satisfaction of the World Bank and the affected persons.

______

SECTION 8: TESTIMONY

I confirm that the information provided herein is accurate to the best of my knowledge

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Signed : District/Municipal Environment Officer Date :

83

For Official Use OnlyScreening Results Reviewed by : D/M EO or Sector Officer Date :

Classified A B C

Reasons for the Classification :

Endorsed by : The District/Municipal Environment Officer Date :

Approved by Executive Director : Date :

84

ANNEX II: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CHECKLISTS

Report to:

Uganda

MINISTRY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT

Environmental Checklist for Parish/Ward Local Councils

85

Report to:

Uganda

MINISTRY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT

ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST FOR PARISH/WARD LOCAL COUNCILS

MAY 2004

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

INTRODUCTION...............................................................................................................

PART A: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT QUESTIONNAIRE..................................A

PART B: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST.................................................................

1.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST FOR PARISH/COMMUNITY LOCAL GOVERNMENTS........................................................................

1.1 Water Supply Infrastructure....................................................................................

1.2 Sanitation................................................................................................................

1.3 Drainage..................................................................................................................

1.4 Roadways and Footpaths........................................................................................

1.5 Solid Waste Management.......................................................................................

1.6 General Construction..............................................................................................

1.7 CROP HUSBANDRY........................................................................................20

1.8 Livestock and Range Management.....................................................................23

1.9 Fisheries (Aquaculture).......................................................................................24

1.10 Bee Keeping........................................................................................................27

1.11 Piggery................................................................................................................29

1.12 Rabbit Keeping...................................................................................................32

1.13 Zero Grazing...........................................................................................................

1.14 Markets...................................................................................................................

1.15 Health Centers.........................................................................................................

2.0 GLOSSARY OF SOME TERMS USED IN THE CHECKLIST

INTRODUCTIONThis Environmental Checklist has been prepared to aid various levels of local government to identify and determine potential environmental impacts of proposed projects and suggests possible measures for mitigation of adverse impacts. The checklist is intended to be used for all projects implemented utilising capital development funds available through central government transfers and can be used on any project the Local Government plans to implement regardless of where funding comes from.

The Checklist has been prepared in three volumes, one for each level of Local Government, ie; District/Municipality, Sub-county/Division and Parish/Community levels.

The process whereby Local Governments identify environmental impacts of their intended projects starts with a questionnaire that assists LGs screen and identify potential environmental issues. Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire provides the list of simple questions concerning intended projects that will enable LGs decide whether further assessment is required. The questionnaire makes reference to appropriate sections of Part B: Environmental Checklist, which provides much more detail on potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures that can be taken.

This Environmental Checklist is structured on projects to be undertaken at the Parish and community levels. The checklist can also act as a guide for those projects that are not particularly mentioned but fall under the sectors dealt with in this checklist. The Checklist is intended to be used by the planning and development committees of the appropriate level of local government.

The Checklist covers projects by sector. This implies that projects are similar at the different levels of local government. There is however difference in the scale of the project. The difference in scale of the projects subsequently leads to differences in skills and funding required in implementing the proposed mitigation measures. The sectors that are focused upon include water supply, sanitation, drainage, roads, solid waste management, agriculture, fisheries and markets.

Under each sector, impacts of activities of projects on environmental components are identified for the planning, construction and operation phases. Environmental components impacted by specific activities of the project are outlined. The nature of environmental concerns or impacts are elaborated. Actions to mitigate impacts are proposed, along with the key actors responsible for implementing the mitigation measures.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Parish Local Governments

i

Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire

A

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forCommunity/Parish Planning and Development Committees

Yes No Environmental Impact

Analysis Checklist Guidance

A Type of activity – Will the project:

1 Support rural water supply schemes? 1.1

2 Support rural sanitation schemes? 1.2

3 Support any drainage activities? 1.3

4 Build or rehabilitate any rural roads? 1.4

5 Involve solid waste management? 1.5

6 Support general construction i.e. build or rehabilitate structures

1.6

7 Support agricultural activities? 1.7

8 Support animal husbandry or processing? 1.8

9 Support aquaculture? 1.9

10 Support beekeeping? 1.10

11 Support keeping pigs? 1.11

12 Support keeping rabbits? 1.12

13 Support zero grazing? 1.13

14 Support markets? 1.14

If the answer to any of questions 1-14 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section of the Environmental checklist for guidance on how to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks.

B Environment - Will the project:

Yes No Environmental Impact

Analysis Checklist Guidance

WATER AND WETLANDS

15 Affect the amount of water? 1.1, 1.4, 1.7, 1.8

16 Affect the quality of water? 1.1, 1.2, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 1.11, 1.12

17 Have an effect on aquatic life e.g. fish?

A - 1

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forCommunity/Parish Planning and Development Committees

18 Cause flooding? 1.1,1.4

19 Change the direction of water flow 1.1,1.4

20 Affect the wetland in anyway? 1.9

21 Affect forests or grasslands in anyway? 1.8

LAND USE/ SOIL/ GEOLGY

22 Lead to soil erosion? 1.1 to 1.8

23 Lead to loss of soil fertility? 1.7, 1.8, 1.12

24 Change existing or planned land use in a negative way?

1.1, 1.4, 1.12

25 Expose people, structures or property to steep slope problems such as mudslides or landslides?

1.1

26 Be located in an area that is likely to collapse or subside?

1.1

AIR QUALITY

27 Result in air emissions or deterioration of quality of air e.g. through suspended dust?

1.1, 1.2, 1.6, 1.11, 1.12

SOCIAL IMPACTS

28 Be likely to require mitigation measures that result in the project being socially or financially unacceptable?

1.4, 1.6, 1.14

29 Negatively affect the women, men, children or disabled people?

1.1, 1.4

30 Be affordable to the community? 1.14

31 Alter the location or distribution of the human population in that area?

1.4, 1.14

32 Increase hazards to cars, bicycles, motorcycles or people walking on foot?

1.2, 1.4, 1.6

33 Lead to uncomfortable noise levels in the area? 1.11, 1.12

34 Impact on public utilities such as hospitals, schools, water, power, energy, waste disposal systems or recreational areas?

1.1, 1.3, 1.5

35 Expose people to health and safety hazards/problems?

1.1 to 1.8, 1.10, 1.12

A - 2

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forCommunity/Parish Planning and Development Committees

BIOLOGICAL

36 Affect plants or animals? 1.1, 1.4, 1.6, 1.7,1.8, 1.10

CULTURAL

37 Disturb, alter or destroy a site that is important to preserving unique cultural, historical, religious, or spiritual values?

1.6

If the answer to any of questions 15-37 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section(s) of the Environmental checklist for guidance on how to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks.

A - 3

Design ReportImprovement of Health Care Waste Management in Uganda Page 1 of 36

CERTIFICATION FORM

Project Name: …………………………………………………………………………………………

Project Location: ……………………………………………………………………………………..

Does the project application document contain the following information?

No. Yes No N\A

1 Description of the proposed project and where it is located?

2 Reasons for proposing the project?

3 The estimated cost for production and operation?

4 Information about how the site was chosen, and what alternatives were considered.

5 A map or drawing showing the location and boundary of the project including any land required temporarily during construction.

6 The plan for any physical works (e.g. layout, buildings, other structures, construction materials)

7 Any new access arrangements or changes to existing road layouts.

8 Any land that needs to be acquired, as well as who owns it, lives on it or has rights to use it.

9 A work program for construction, operation and decommissioning the physical works, as well as any site restoration needed afterwards.

10 Construction methods.

11 Resources used in construction and operation (e.g. materials, water, energy).

12 Information about measures included in the project plan to avoid or minimize adverse environmental and social impacts.

13 Details of any permits required for the project.

Design ReportImprovement of Health Care Waste Management in Uganda Page 2 of 37

If the answers to questions 1-13 is “Yes” or” N/A” (Not Applicable), then the project should be certified.

If the answer to any of questions 1-13 is “No” the project should not be certified unless reasons why have been clearly stated.

CERTIFICATION

We certify that to the best of our knowledge, the project plan as described in the Environmental Impact Analysis report attached will be adequate to avoid or minimize all adverse environmental and social impacts.

Community representative: Name………………………………..Signature………………...……..Date:…………..…

Extension team/ Environmental representative

Name……………………………….Signature:………………………..Date:……………

A - 2

Design ReportImprovement of Health Care Waste Management in Uganda Page 1 of 37

Report to:

Uganda

MINISTRY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT

Environmental Checklist for Sub-County/Division/Town Council Local Governments

A - 1

Report to:

Uganda

MINISTRY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT

ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST FOR SUB-COUNTY/DIVISION/TOWN COUNCIL LOCAL GOVERNMENTS

MAY 2004

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................I

PART A: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT QUESTIONNAIRE..................................A

PART B: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST...............ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.

1.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST FOR SUB COUNTY/ DIVISION/ TOWN COUNCIL LOCAL GOVERNMENTS.....................................1

1.1 Water Supply........................................................................................................1

1.2 Roads.....................................................................................................................5

1.3 Drainage................................................................................................................9

1.4 Sanitation............................................................................................................12

1.5 Solid Waste Management...................................................................................16

1.6 General Construction..........................................................................................18

1.7 Health Centers

2.0 GLOSSARY OF SOME TERMS USED IN THE CHECKLIST........................1

INTRODUCTIONThis Environmental Checklist has been prepared to aid various levels of local government to identify and determine potential environmental impacts of proposed projects and suggests possible measures for mitigation of adverse impacts. The checklist is intended to be used for all projects implemented utilising capital development grant funds available through central government transfers and can be used on any project the Local Government plans to implement regardless of where funding comes from.

The Checklist has been prepared in three volumes, one for each level of Local Government, ie; District/Municipality, Sub-county/Division and Parish/Community levels.

The process whereby Local Governments identify environmental impacts of their intended projects starts with a questionnaire that assists LGs screen and identify potential environmental issues. Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire provides the list of simple questions concerning intended projects that will enable LGs decide whether further assessment is required. The questionnaire makes reference to appropriate sections of Part B: Environmental Checklist, which provides much more detail on potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures that can be taken.

This Environmental Checklist is structured on projects to be undertaken at the Sub-county and Division levels. The checklist can also act as a guide for those projects that are not particularly mentioned but fall under the sectors dealt with in this checklist. The Checklist are intended to be used by the planning and development committees as well as sector departments of the appropriate level of local government.

The Checklist covers projects by sector. This implies that projects are similar at the different levels of local government. There is however difference in the scale of the project. The difference in scale of the projects subsequently leads to differences in skills and funding required in implementing the proposed mitigation measures. The sectors that are focused upon include water supply, sanitation, drainage, roads, solid waste management, production and general construction.

Under each sector, impacts of activities of projects on environmental components are identified for the planning, construction and operation phases. Environmental components impacted by specific activities of the project are outlined. The nature of environmental concerns or impacts are elaborated. Actions to mitigate impacts are proposed, along with the key actors responsible for implementing the mitigation measures.

Local Government Development Program

February 2004

Environmental Analysis Checklists for Local Governments

i

Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire

A

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forSub County/ Division / Town Council Technical Planning Committees

Yes No Environmental Impact

Analysis Checklist Guidance

A Type of activity – Will the project:

1 Support rural water supply schemes? 1.1

2 Build or rehabilitate any rural roads? 1.2

3 Support any drainage activities? 1.3

4 Support rural sanitation schemes? 1.4

5 Involve solid waste management? 1.5

6 Support general construction i.e. build or rehabilitate structures

1.6

If the answer to any of questions 1-6 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section of the Environmental checklist for guidance on how to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks.

B Environment - Will the project:

Yes No Environmental Impact

Analysis Checklist Guidance

WATER AND WETLANDS

7 Affect the amount of water? 1.1,1.2

8 Affect the quality of water? 1.1, 1.2, 1.4

9 Affect the aquatic life e.g. fish?

10 Cause flooding? 1.1, 1.2

11 Change the direction of water flow 1.1, 1.2

12 Affect the wetland in anyway? 1.2

LAND USE/ SOIL/ GEOLGY

13 Lead to soil erosion? 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6

14 Change existing or planned land use in a negative way?

1.1, 1.4

5

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forSub County/ Division / Town Council Technical Planning Committees

15 Expose people, structures or property to steep slope problems such as mudslides or landslides?

1.1

16 Be located in an area that is likely to collapse or subside?

1.1

AIR QUALITY

17 Result in air emissions or deterioration of quality of air e.g. through suspended dust?

1.1, 1.2, 1.6

SOCIAL IMPACTS

18 Be likely to require mitigation measures that result in the project being socially or financially unacceptable?

1.2, 1.6

19 Negatively affect the women, men, children or disabled people?

1.1, 1.2

20 Alter the location or distribution of the human population in that area?

1.2

21 Increase hazards to cars, bicycles, motorcycles or people walking on foot?

1.2, 1.4, 1.6

22 Impact on public utilities such as hospitals, schools, water, power, energy, waste disposal systems or recreational areas?

1.1, 1.3, 1.5

23 Expose people to health and safety hazards/problems?

1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6

BIOLOGICAL

24 Affect plants or animals? 1.1, 1.2, 1.6

CULTURAL

25 Disturb, alter or destroy a site that is important to preserving unique cultural, historical, religious, or spiritual values?

1.6

If the answer to any of questions 7- 25 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section(s) of the Environmental checklist for guidance on how to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks.

6

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forSub County/ Division / Town Council Technical Planning Committees

CERTIFICATION FORM

Project Name: ……………………………………………………………………………..

Project Location: ………………………………………………………………………….

Does the project application document contain the following information?

No. Yes No N\A

1 Description of the proposed project and where it is located?

2 Reasons for proposing the project?

3 The estimate cost for production and operation?

4 Information about how the site was chosen, and what alternatives were considered.

5 A map or drawing showing the location and boundary of the project including any land required temporarily during construction.

6 The plan for any physical works (e.g. layout, buildings, other structures, construction materials)

7 Any new access arrangements or changes to existing road layouts.

8 Any land that needs to be acquired, as well as who owns it, lives on it or has rights to use

9 A work program for construction, operation and decommissioning the physical works, as well as any site restoration needed afterwards.

10 Construction methods.

11 Resources used in construction and operation (e.g. materials, water, energy).

12 Information about measures included in the project plan to avoid or minimize adverse environmental and social impacts.

13 Details of any permits required for the project.

A -

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forSub County/ Division / Town Council Technical Planning Committees

If the all answers to questions 1-13 is “Yes” or” N/A” (Not Applicable), then the project should be certified.

If the answer to any of questions 1-13 is “No” the project should not be certified unless reasons why have been clearly stated.

CERTIFICATION

We certify that to the best of our knowledge, the project plan as described in the Environmental Impact Analysis report attached will be adequate to avoid or minimize all adverse environmental and social impacts.

Sub County / Division Representative:

Name………………………………..Signature………………...……...Date:……………

Extension team/ Environmental representative

Name……………………………….Signature:………………………..Date:……………

A -

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forSub County/ Division / Town Council Technical Planning Committees

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

1. A Field Appraisal report will be completed and added to the project file before the project is appraised if the project:

Needs to acquire land, or an individual or community’s access to land or available resources is affected or changed, or any individual or family is displaced

Encroaches onto an important natural habitat, restricts access to resources within that area, or may affect ecologically sensitive ecosystems (e.g. rivers, streams, wetlands)

Involves or introduces the use of pesticides

Involves, or results in: a) diversion or use of surface waters; b) construction and/or rehabilitation of latrines, septic or sewage systems; c) production of waste (e.g. slaughterhouse waste, medical waste, etc

Involves acquiring a Permit

If a field appraisal was made, are the relevant certified documents attached?

YES NO

If answer is YES, then proceed to the desk appraisal.

If answer is NO, then do the Filed Appraisal before proceeding to the Desk Appraisal.

3. Desk Appraisal by Review Authority:

Is the application complete with all significant environment issues resolved and no further project planning required?

YES NO

If answer is YES, the project should be approved.

If answer is NO, the project should not be approved until all environmental issues are resolved.

Name of Desk Appraisal Officer (Preferably District Environmental Officer):

A -

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forSub County/ Division / Town Council Technical Planning Committees

……………………………………………………….

Signature:………………………………………….

Date:……………………………………………….

A -

B

Part B : Environmental checklists for sub-counties/Town Councils

Environmental Checklist for Sub county/ Division/Town council Local GovernmentsWater Supply

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Stand post PLANNING PHASE

Human beings Land

Land disputes between the contractor and owners of land on which the borehole is constructed.

Consult the District Water Officer and District Engineer for technical input.

Suitable site selection.

Community involvement.

Sensitise people on whose land the standpost will be.

Educate the people about the importance of using safe water.

Community should be willing to contribute land required for the stand post.

Sensitise people about the project.

Stand post: CONSTRUCTION

PHASE

Excavation

Soil Vegetation Human beings

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Increased dust levels due to removal of vegetation.

Soil erosion especially during the rain season.

Siltation of surface water downstream as a result of soil erosion.

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Limit vegetation clearing to the specific site of water source and trench.

Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion and maintain natural beauty.

Construct drainage ditch to divert runoff water around the stand post area and discharge from this ditch

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Land disputes. should be a minimum of 25 feet and down slope from the spring.

Standposts

OPERATION PHASE:

Use of stand post

Human beings are affected economically

Water Soil

Overflow of water around standpost providing breeding ground for water borne diseases.

Leakage from stand posts resulting in increased costs from the wastage of water.

Contamination of surface water by the overflow.

Select site for standpost where there is drainage away from the stand post.

Do not locate standpost in a depression or on low-lying poorly drained site.

Support to routine maintenance of taps to minimise wastage of water.

Choose a standpost/ water attendant to ensure that the tap is properly closed to avoid wasting water.

Slashing around the standpost to destroy habitat for disease causing vectors

Remove debris from the drainage to prevent blockage.

Fill any depressions in the vicinity of the standpost and construct a drainage channel to lead wastewater away from stand post and into local drainage channels.

Place gravel fill sloping away from the stand post.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Secondary Distribution Piping: PLANNING PHASE

Human beings Land

Consult the District Water Officer for technical input.

Land disputes

Community consultation.

Consult Water Officer for technical input.

Acquisition of land.

Sensitisation of the people occupying the land where trenches are excavated.

Community should be willing to contribute land for the piping.

Secondary Distribution Piping:

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Excavation of trenches

Pipe laying

Soil Vegetation Human beings Water

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Increased dust levels due to removal of vegetation.

Soil erosion will occur especially during the rain season.

Surface water downstream will be silted as a result of transportation of loose soil.

Land disputes.

Sensitisation of the people about the project.

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Participate in digging the trenches for the pipes.

Limit vegetation clearing to the specific site of trench

Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion.

Provide surface drainage to prevent collection of runoff water along pipeline route.

Ensure that sewage collection piping is installed in separate trench from water supply piping with adequate separation, preferably on opposite sides of street and, where pipes cross, an impermeable barrier is installed between the pipes.

Secondary Human health Water

Leakage from broken pipes creating ponds of

On regular basis flush system to remove

Report leakages to

Ensure that positive pressure maintained in pipes at

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Distribution Piping:

OPERATION PHASE

Use of piped water

water in which disease carrying organisms thrive

Negative pressure in pipes drawing contaminated water and soil into water supply source.

accumulated silt. authority. Contribute

money towards maintenance.

all times.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

RoadsProject/Activity Environmental

component affectedNature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

RoadsPLANNING

PHASE

Human beings Land

Displacement of people

Source of materials for the gravel.

Identify good borrow pit areas near the road.

Sensitisation of people along the proposed route.

RoadsCONSTRUCTION

PHASE

Excavations in borrow areas.

Grading to attain right camber

Use of equipment

Culvert installation

Fuelling

Soil Human beings Animals Geology Plants

Creates ponds and pools of water if left open. May encourage breeding of mosquitoes and cause accidents.

Siltation of waterways Erosion and

sedimentation during construction.

Labour accidents. Silting. Oil and petrol spills

may happen during refuelling or transportation.

Low wages and untimely payment of workers.

Dumping of construction debris e.g. soil waste material in wetlands.

Clearing wetlands to give way for construction using culverts and embankment fills, infilling some parts with gravel. These activities are likely to

Regular maintenance of culvert crossings with proper de-silting measures put in place.

Sensitise the workforce and communities about the risk of diseases, especially HIV/AIDS. This should be done thro-out the construction process.

Sensitise the communities on the benefits of having a properly constructed road.

Involve the community at the start of the project by recruiting them to work on the roads so that they can develop a sense of belonging to the entire

Restore the borrow areas with topsoil that had been spread to the side of the borrow area then plant grass and allow natural re-growth of vegetation.

Proper grading of the road at the right camber being adopted for earth roads.

Creation of proper waterways like outfalls and offshoots at crossings and steep slopes to channel the water off the road.

Provide first aid kits. Sensitise and train

labourers in the use of equipment.

Provide protective gear Install the proper

culverts and headwalls with outfalls sited in the proper direction of flow.

Proper grading of the road

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

interfere with water flow/local drainage and may interfere with the capacity of the wetland to filter and clean water.

Increased accidents Human and organic

wastes polluting the watercourses.

Reduction of cropping areas for local farmers adjacent to road.

Increased likelihood of transmitting diseases such as cholera and STD’s.

Disputes with those neighbouring the roads, especially with communities that have encroached on the road reserve and land that has borrow areas.

project. Hold

stakeholders’ conferences and clear map out the roles of each stakeholder on the project. This will be done using the area local council works committees.

Drainage channels should be designed and implemented to avoid the transfer, deposition and accumulation of silt, especially in wetlands.

Fuelling should be done away from water sources/ wetlands.

Soil bunds should be constructed around a single designated area for the washing, fuelling and maintenance of vehicles and machinery. Servicing of machinery should not be done on site to minimise spills.

Waste should not be disposed of in wetlands.

Sensitise workers in the presence of supervision staff.

Strict monitoring and supervision by staff concerned.

Keep muster rolls. Dumping of such

material in or near the wetland should be avoided.

Install appropriate sizes of culverts and embankments to provide adequate drainage.

Overburden should be removed after barren soil surfaces have stabilized

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

through seeding with grass. Increase road width

through adequate bush clearing to improve sighting distances of motorists and increase the braking distance in situations where quick reactions are necessary.

Temporary pit latrines should be constructed at the camps for proper sanitation of the workers.

Construct speed control bumps in trading centres to reduce accidents.

Roads: OPERATION

PHASE Slashing the

roadsides to improve sighting distance

Soil Flora Water Human health

Increased accidents due to poor sighting distance.

Roadway blocking drainage for runoff water.

Roadway becoming a watercourse during rains and causing erosion.

Ponding on roadway providing breeding site for water borne disease.

Potholes in road causing vehicle and pedestrian accidents.

Pedestrians injured and killed by over speeding vehicles.

Establish and support roads maintenance program.

Slashing the sides of the road to improve the sighting distance of the motorists and generally improve the drainage of the road.

Minimise as much as possible destruction of vegetation and plant trees along the sides of the roads.

Install culverts or bridges across natural and manmade drainage channels and keep them clear of debris.

Provide drainage ditches on both sides of the road and install small check dams to reduce speed of water flow. Direct water from roadway ditch into natural or manmade drainage channels as frequently as possible to minimise the volume of runoff water carried

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

by roadway ditch. Plant shrubs and trees on

uphill side of ditch to slow water runoff.

Raise road above surrounding ground level and slope the surface of the road toward the sides.

Secondary bridges and culverts: PLANNING PHASE

Human Beings Surface water

Flooding Road becoming

impassable. Bridge deck failure

causing accidents and injuries.

Consult District Engineer for proper and safe design.

Source for a consultant to conduct an EIA (Environmental Impact Assessment).

Secondary bridges and culverts:

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Soil Vegetation Human beings Water Dust

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Increased dust levels due to removal of vegetation and construction traffic.

Soil erosion will occur especially during the rain season.

Surface water downstream will be silted due to transportation of loose soil.

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Limit vegetation clearing.

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

If the dust levels are high, the contractor should sprinkle water to reduce dust levels.

Secondary Soil Surface water

Flooding and erosion caused by overflowing and

Establish and implement maintenance

Organise regular cleanout of

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

bridges and culverts:

OPERATION PHASE:

Human beings blockage of openings. Bridge deck failure

causing accidents and injuries

program and establish source of funding to pay for repair works.

culverts to avoid blockage.

DrainageProject/Activity Environmental

component affectedNature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Secondary drains(Manmade and natural water courses)PLANNING PHASE

Human beings Soil Water

Flooding may wash away people’s property

Soil erosion

Proper site selection.

Community involvement.

Ensure that the secondary drains are connected to primary drains.

Prevent construction of housing or commercial operations in flood prone areas.

Secondary drains(Manmade and natural water courses)

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Soil Vegetation

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Soil erosion will occur especially during the rain season.

Surface water

Restrict digging of drainage channel to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Limit vegetation clearing limited to the width of the road

Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

downstream will be silted as a result of transportation of loose soil.

Install check dams to reduce speed of flow. Plant shrubs and trees on uphill side of ditch to slow water runoff.

Construct dykes to contain water in drainage channel. Enlarge drain to accommodate peak flows.

Secondary drains(Manmade and natural water courses)

OPERATION PHASE

Soil Surface water Human health

Excessive erosion in drainage channel

Flooding by overflow from drainage channel

Water in drain becoming contaminated by human waste.

People using water from drains for domestic consumption.

Avoid construction of housing or commercial operations in flood prone areas.

Conduct hygiene education campaign to raise awareness of the adverse impact of careless defecation and promote the use of latrines.

Conduct campaign to raise awareness of adverse impacts of disposal of solid and liquid waste into drains.

Raise awareness of NEMA (National Environmental Management Authority) standards for disposal of waste into water bodies.

Raise awareness of the health risks

Community should use pit latrines instead of using the drainage.

Community should boil water for drinking.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

associated with using water from drains and encourage people to use safe water sources.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

SanitationProject/Activity Environmental

component affectedNature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

LatrinesPLANNING PHASE

Water Groundwater contamination

Locate latrines at least 30m (if possible 60m) from dug wells, springs, and boreholes.

Promote use of pit latrines.

Educate people on the risk of indiscriminate faecal disposal.

Make reference to the Public Health regulations.

LatrinesCONSTRUCTION

PHASE:

Bush clearing

Excavation/digging pit.

Vegetation Soil Surface water Human beings

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Increased dust levels due to removal of vegetation.

Soil erosion will occur especially during the rain season.

Surface water downstream will be silted as a result of transportation of loose soil.

Human beings may have accidents e.g. falling into the pit

Accidents as a result of collapse of soils

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Limit vegetation clearing to the specific site of latrine.

Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion and maintain natural beauty.

Fence off the pit during construction to avoid accidents.

Protection of sides of pit during excavation.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

during excavation.Latrines

OPERATION PHASE:

Use of

latrines

Ground water Surface water Animals Human beings

Contamination of ground water supply sources through sub-surface flow of human waste.

Contamination of surface water sources through transportation by storm runoff.

Flies and rodents carrying disease from latrine.

More land is used in construction of new latrines when old ones fill up.

Sensitisation of people on hygiene practises after using the latrine e.g. washing their hands.

If possible, construct lined pit latrines, which can be emptied when full. Consider constructing water borne squat toilets if there is piped water in that area.

Place lid on hole to prevent flies.

Slash area around the pit latrine to destroy habitat of disease causing vectors.

Sewage collection piping and drainsPLANNING PHASE

Land Human beings

Land acquisition Community consultation.

Proper site selection where the pipes are going to pass.

Sewage collection piping and drains

CONSTRUCTION PHASE:

Excavation of trenches

Pipe laying

Soil Vegetation Air Surface water Human beings

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Soil erosion, especially during the rain season.

Surface water downstream silted as a

Provide proper designs for the piping works.

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Limit vegetation clearing to the specific site of trench.

Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion.

Ensure that sewage piping is installed in

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

result of soil erosion. separate trench from water supply piping with adequate separation, preferably on opposite sides of street. Where pipes cross, ensure that impermeable barriers are installed between the pipes.

Sewage collection piping and drainsOPERATION PHASE

Water Human beings

Leakage from broken drains and overflow from plugged pipes forming ponds of wastewater and contaminating surface waters.

Cross contamination of water supply from sewage collection piping.

Conduct public education campaign aimed at reducing quantity of solid waste such as plastics entering the collection system.

Provide leakage detection and repair and clean out of the pipes.

Ensure that collector drains are covered and cleaned on a regular basis.

Soak pits, septic tanks and disposal fieldsPLANNING PHASE

Human beings Plants Land Groundwater

Contamination of groundwater.

Disease out break due to vectors breeding in the soak pits, septic tanks, and disposal fields.

Land acquisition.

Community consultation.

Identify appropriate location for the soak, septic tank or disposal field.

Soak pits, septic Vegetation Soil

Destruction of vegetation causing loss

Provide proper design and supervision of

Raise the sides/ bunds to minimise

Limit vegetation clearing to the specific site

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

tanks and disposal fields

CONSTRUCTION PHASE:

Excavation of pit

Aesthetics Air Water Human beings

of habitat (home) for animals.

Loss of natural beauty (aesthetics).

Soil erosion especially during the rain season.

Surface water downstream will be silted as a result of transportation of loose soil.

Odour

the soak pit and septic tank.

overflows. of soak pit or septic tank. Re-plant vegetation

on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion and maintain natural beauty.

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Plant some trees or flowers to screen off the soak pit or disposal field as well as reduce odour.

Soak pits and septic tanks

OPERATION PHASE:

Water Human beings

Soak pits and septic tanks overflowing and contaminating surface waters

Seepage from soak pits contaminating wells, boreholes and springs.

Disposal field overflowing

Conduct hygiene education campaign to raise awareness of the health risks of exposed sewage. Establish and support affordable pump out services.

Establish and enforce guidelines for design and construction of disposal fields.

Ensure that soak pits are located in soils into which the liquid can percolate.

Ensure that soak pits are situated an adequate distance from wells, boreholes and springs.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Solid Waste ManagementProject/Activity Environmental

component affectedNature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Public collection points e.g. at marketsPLANNING PHASE

Human beings Land Water

Contamination of water

Land acquisition

Disease outbreak

Accessibility of the waste skip.

Community consultation.

Consult with District Engineer for appropriate design of the skip.

Locate the skip or bunker in an accessible place for public use.

Ensure that the skip or bunker is of a comfortable height for the users to place the waste inside instead of throwing it outside.

Public collection points CONSTRUCTION

PHASE:

Aesthetics Aesthetics Supervise the contractor in construction of the skip.

Construct the skip according to the specifications given in the contract.

Public collection points

OPERATION PHASE:

Actual use of the skip

Vegetation Aesthetics Human beings

Unsightly overflowing skips or bunkers leading to odours and disease vectors such as flies and rodents.

Human wastes (flying toilets) thrown into skips and bunkers.

Disease vectors such as flies and rodents using the skips and surrounding area

The waste skips should be emptied on a regular basis.

Locate the skip or bunker in a place in an accessible place for

public use Conduct public

education program to promote recovery of useable solid wastes

Support efforts of municipality to provide and

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

as breeding ground. properly maintain adequate equipment to empty skips and bunkers before they overflow.

Conduct hygiene education campaign to raise awareness of the health risks of indiscriminate disposal of human wastes and promote the use of latrines.

MEDICAL WASTE Human beings Vegetation Ground water

Improper disposal of medical waste can be a hazard to human beings.

Public exposure from waste generated in the home (e.g., needle-stick incidents, spilled fluid containers, etc.).

Waste pit filling up fast.

Contamination of groundwater.

The Health Officer should ensure that a lined pit is constructed at medical centres where the medical waste is disposed.

Only medical waste should be disposed off in the lined pit, the other kind of solid waste should be disposed of in the public waste skips available in the community.

The pit should be covered to prevent flies and other disease causing vectors.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

General Construction Project/ Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of Environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

General construction

PLANNING PHASE

Human beings

Land Animals Plants

Destruction of site with unique cultural, historical, religious or spiritual value.

Displacement of people living in that area.

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Change of land use.

Consult District Engineer for adequate technical designs and ensure that the site is not within the road reserve so that enough space is left for extension of public utilities like electricty water, water telephones e.t.c.

Community consulation and involvelment

Select site that does not destroy a site that is important to preserving unique cultural, historical, religious or spiritual values.

Construction contract documents should include environmental mitigation measures.

General construction

Vegetation

Animals

Destruction of vegetation during excavation works

The construction contract documents should incorporate provisions for

The contractor should be limited in the activities authorized

Limit vegetation removal to specific area of construction.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/ Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of Environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Soil Human

beings Surface

water

Loss of animal habitat.

Adverse aesthetic impacts

Soil erosion especially during the rain season, where soil is loose.

Surface water downstream will be silted as a result of transportation of loose soil.

Traffic Disruption.

Increased dust as a result of vegetative cover removal.

limiting vegetative removal, and for re-vegetation of the construction area upon completion.

during the rainy seasons.

If near public area the contractor should sprinkle the construction area while working to minimise dust.

Warning signs should be used to ensure that traffic disruption is kept to a minimum.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

CROP HUSBANDRY Project/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Crop HusbandryPLANNING

PHASE

Soil Vegetatio

n Animals Human

beings Water Air

Loss of fertility. Soil erosion. Loss of

vegetative cover. Contamination

of water by fertilizers, which may eventually affect people.

Consult with the Agricultural Extension staff.

Crop Husbandry

ESTABLISHMENT PHASE

Vegetation clearing

Tilling land Constructio

n of irrigation/ drainage infrastructure

Planting Fertilizer

application

Soil Vegetatio

n Animals Water

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Loss of biodiversity

Soil erosion in hilly areas during the rainy season

Siltation of surface water downstream as a result of transportation of loose soil.

Introduction of new invasive species.

Education and training of participants in soil and water protection.

Restrict introduction of new species until scientific studies are done.

Phased vegetation clearing to allow animals time to adapt.

Carry out assessment to identify species of conservation concern.

Using appropriate techniques to slow runoff e.g. use bunds, contours, terraces, mulching, grass strips, etc.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Crop Husbandry

OPERATION PHASE

Crop husbandry (weeding, agrochemical application, harvesting)

Processing

Soil Water Fauna

Loss of soil nutrients.

Reduced water flow if stream or river is being diverted for irrigation.

Risk of disease from mosquitoes, snails, etc.

Soil and water contamination from agrochemicals (fertilizers and pesticides) and some agro processing projects.

Agrochemical toxicity to humans.

Use of manure resulting in spreading disease.

Education and training of participants in good agricultural practices.

Appropriate crop selection.

Use of registered and recommended agrochemicals.

Implement good agricultural practises e.g. terracing, mulching.

Planting trees in the catchment to improve water retention.

Timed or minimum use of chemicals e.g. use integrated pest management, cultural soil and crop protection measures.

Irrigation Soil Surface

water

Loss of soil quality e.g. development of salty

Consult Agricultural Officer for guidance.

Appropriate crop selection

Using

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Ground water

Fauna

soil Reduced water

flow if stream or river is being diverted for irrigation

Risk of disease from mosquitoes, snails, etc.

Soil and water contamination from agrochemicals (fertilisers and pesticides).

Initiate resources survey including water and soil quality and hydrology

Soil and water conservation measures built into the project e.g. narrow or covered irrigation canals or pipes.

appropriate techniques to slow runoff

Provide adequate irrigation channels to avoid stagnation of water.

Regulate water flow into the irrigated fields.

Planting trees in the catchment to improve water retention.

Keep canals, ditches lined or free of weeds and sediment and with good drainage.

Introduce fish that eat mosquitoes to control malaria.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Livestock and Range ManagementProject/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Livestock and Range

ManagementPLANNING

PHASE

Land Soil Plants Animals Human

beings

Change of existing land use.

Introduction of new invasive species.

Consult with Agricultural Officer.

Restrict introduction of new species until scientific studies are done.

Livestock and Management

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Planting pasture for animals.

Construction of facilities e.g. for watering, treatment of animals against pests.

Soil Plants Water

Soil Pollution. Contamination of

water from cattle dips.

Agricultural Officers should ensure implementation of research findings on new species to be introduced.

Ensure proper construction of cattle dips to avoid spillage.

Buy high yielding animal breeds.

Plant approved species of pasture approved by Local Government through the Agricultural Officer.

Livestock and Range

Management

OPERATION PHASE

Soil Surface

water Plants Animals

Overgrazing leading to loss of soil nutrients and soil erosion.

Change in

Assess carrying capacity of the land and limit grazing pressure accordingly.

Maximise forage

Practice rotational grazing to avoid over grazing.

Utilize manure as fertilizer for their

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Grazing Watering

animals Livestock

movement Preparatio

n of products

vegetation types due to grazing pressure.

Transmission of diseases.

productivity by combining different types of livestock.

Location of watering points to avoid congregation of too many livestock in one place.

Education and training of participants on control and management of manure.

Proper veterinary services.

crops. Provide

veterinary care.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Fisheries (Aquaculture)Project/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

FisheriesPLANNING

PHASE

Land Wetlands Water Human

Beings

Land use conflicts

Water supply conflicts

- Social and economic disruptions to existing community water management practices and relationships

Community consultation.

Encourage use of existing depressions, hollows and ditches.

Good pond design, construction and maintenance to avoid premature abandonment and digging of new ponds by extension staff.

Ensure adequate community participation in the planning and operation of the project.

Site ponds to avoid disrupting existing/ traditional uses of water (e.g. drinking, washing, animal watering).

Develop ponds with other activities to combine water sources (e.g. pond water used for irrigation of crops).

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Develop supply sources where water quantities are adequate and the project will not conflict with existing human, livestock, wildlife or aquatic water uses especially during the dry seasons.

Site project well away from wetlands

FisheriesESTABLISHMENT

PHASE

Clearing and excavation of wetland

Pond bank stabilization

Introduction of fish

Vegetation

Water Humans Water

Quality

Loss of wetland vegetation leading to loss of habitats.

Disease due to pollution of water sources from aquaculture wastes

Creating habitats for disease carriers such as mosquitoes and snails and increasing the occurrence of water-related diseases such as malaria and bilharzias.

Contamination

Restrict area cleared for ponds.

Employ suitable prevention and mitigation measures, including education of local people e.g. good surface drainage around projects water supply, ponds and drainage works; use fish species that feed on disease carriers.

Construct ponds during dry season.

Stabilize exposed soil with grasses and other ground cover.

Ensure good drainage and erosion control around ponds.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

of surface waters with aquaculture wastes.

Fisheries

OPERATION PHASE

Feeding fish Harvesting

fish Processing

e.g. smoking

Water Humans Water

quality

Waste from intensive fish processing has high (BOD) Biochemical Oxygen Demand which may result in deterioration of water quality

Monitor disease occurrence and public health indicators, and take corrective measures as needed (e.g. change project works, improve maintenance, education, medical)

Monitoring of fisheries activities and impacts.

Keep fish densities at moderate levels to reduce disease risk and need for antibiotics

Dilute pond water prior to release.

Use shorter retention time of water in ponds i.e. more frequent exchange of water.

Consider using pond sludge as fertilizer if properly decomposed and non- toxic.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Bee KeepingProject/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Bee keepingPLANNING

PHASE

Human beings

Animals

Risk of bee stings

Community consultation.

Proper site selection.

Educate people on proper harvesting techniques.

Use suitable protective gear during harvesting.

Bee KeepingESTABLISHMENT

PHASESetting up beehives

Vegetation Animals

Disturbance may be caused by trampling while setting up hives.

Set up hives in areas with little or no wildlife.

Educate people on setting up modern beehives.

Set up modern beehives.

Bee KeepingOPERATION

PHASE Checking

hives Harvesting

honey Processing

e.g. smoking

Animals Humans

Risk of fire from poor harvesting methods.

Risk of bee stings.

Minor disturbance may be caused by trampling while checking hives and harvesting.

Train people in modern techniques of harvesting honey.

Use proper harvesting equipment and techniques e.g. smokers.

Fence off area of hives to avoid disturbance from other people.

Use proper harvesting techniques with proper protective

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

gear.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

PiggeryProject/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Piggery PLANNING

PHASE

Surface water

Human beings

Contamination of water sources

Noise Odour

Provide proper design of shed.

Sheds should not be sited on slopes above sensitive receiving environments.

Sheds should have concrete floors for easy cleaning.

Wash down and wastewater collection and transport systems should be designed and constructed so as to avoid stagnation of wastewaters.

Distance from the perimeter of a piggery, or from the nearest point of a treatment system i.e. 20m to any property boundary and 50m to any public area or road recommended to minimise the effect of odours as much as

If odours do occur, the cleaning and flushing of pen floors, drainage channels and pipes should be increased in frequency.

Wastewater holding tanks should be covered or enclosed, to minimise odour release.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

possible. Shed should have

vertical emission stacks rather than having emission points close to the road or along sidewalls.

PiggeryCONSTRUCTION

PHASE

Setting Up the piggery

Plants Animals Soil

Clearing of vegetation

Soil erosion during construction of pig shed.

Educate community on proper management of pigs.

Provide proper designs for shed construction.

Sheds should be constructed in a manner that makes them leak free and easy to maintain.

Materials should be impervious to assist in cleaning and to avoid absorption of odours.

Horizontal surfaces (other than the floor) will tend to accumulate dust and other wastes and should be avoided.

Ventilation systems should not

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

allow rain to enter the building and dampen litter.

Piggery

OPERATION PHASE

Human beings

Wet litter is a significant odour source, especially as manure accumulates

Health hazard in form of jiggers, lice and fleas

Moisture control of litter The moisture

content of litter should be controlled by:-

- prompt repair of leaks in roof and exterior walls;- prompt repair of leaks in drinking and drinkers;- an adequate depth of bedding litter;- the removal of damp litter around drinkers;- A moisture content of 30-40% is optimal, avoiding dust (too dry) and odour (too damp).Odour mitigation measures include:- a high standard of building and floor cleanliness;- avoiding over-damp

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

litter;- adequate separation from neighbouring properties/premises;- elevated discharge into the air from buildings.

Rabbit Keeping Project/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measure by Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Rabbit Keeping

PLANNING PHASE Availability

of the rabbits Plan for the

storage and disposal of wastes, dead animals, manure, sludge and effluent etc.

Land Animals Water Human

beings

Suitability of the site.

Market for the rabbits.

Odour. Storage and

disposal of wastes. Compatibility

with existing and surrounding land uses e.g. distances to any houses, property boundaries or watercourses.

Agricultural Officers should consider research findings on new species to be introduced.

Community consultation.

Avoid environmentally sensitive areas.

The establishment of the rabbit farming at adequate distances from neighbours can assist in minimising environmental impacts.

The shed must not be

Willingness of the community to participate in the project.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measure by Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

located in an area that is subject to water logging.

Rabbit KeepingCONSTRUCTION

PHASE

Building the rabbit shed.

Vegetation

Human Beings

Clearing of vegetation

Soil erosion during construction of pig shed.

Ensure proper construction of rabbit sheds.

Buy good quality breeds of rabbits.

Educate community on proper management of rabbits.

Provide proper designs for shed construction.

Sheds to be constructed in a manner that makes them free of leaks and easy to maintain.

The shed floor should be impervious to assist in cleaning and to avoid absorption of odours.

Ventilation systems should not allow rain to enter the building.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measure by Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Rabbit keepingOPERATION

PHASE Animal

health is likely to be affected by poor shed hygiene.

Health risks assessment (if animals are being processed on-site for human consumption).

Stock management

i.e. Security, Shed Hygiene, Vermin control including insects, Processing,

Plans for disposal of stock

Solid waste management (Rabbit manure should be viewed

Vegetation

Animals Human

beings Soil Water

Health of the rabbits, employees and surrounding residents due to the presence of vermin.

Fast transmission of diseases throughout the stock, which may lead to death of the whole stock.

Generation of dour from stockpiled manure and dead animals.

Nutrient runoff from the manure and overflows from holding tanks may contaminate surface water.

Poorly constructed holding ponds may lad to contamination of groundwater

Land disposal

Disease-control methods should be established for isolating diseased stock and for quickly dealing with the problem.

Rabbits must be kept within a well-ventilated rabbit-proof enclosure.

All drainage water and animal wastes should be collected via a drain and led to a suitably located designed holding pond.

Depending on the scale of the enterprise, a sedimentation pond may be required to be constructed in order to collect effluent and settle out the solid material before it reaches the holding pond.

The proposed water sources for the rabbit enterprise should be of an adequate quality and reliability during dry periods

As rabbit hair builds up inside sheds, it should be removed regularly from vents and window screens to maintain the efficiency of shed ventilation systems.

Sound management and maintenance practices in sheds, waste management areas and feed storage areas are essential to prevent a vermin problem at the rabbit farm, which could also become a problem for surrounding residents.

Plans for quick disposal of stock should be in place whenever it is necessary for rabbit producers to quickly dispose of their stock.

In a dry system, manure (and litter) may only need to be removed once every several weeks.

Stockpiled manure

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measure by Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

as a valuable nutrient resource and not as a waste product requiring disposal). Manure and litter collection, storage and disposal

Disposal of dead animals

Wastewater, collection and Storage. These include any wash-down water from periodic cleaning of sheds and cages, and any run-off from stockpiled manure.

Application of wastewater and sludge to land

Odour management

Water-

of effluent or sludge may lead to soil pollution and ground water contamination.

Odour can result from poorly managed sheds or waste storage and disposal, as rabbit manure and effluent contain high levels of ammonia.

Significant ammonia levels can affect the health of the rabbits as well as reduce the amenity of the surrounding area, potentially causing conflicts with neighbouring property owners.

Contamination of wetlands or groundwater may occur if sufficient care is not taken with

to meet the rabbits needs. The site layout and

sheds should be designed to minimise the likelihood of storm water or floodwater entering the shed or other operational areas, particularly those areas where the rabbits are housed or wastes are stored.

It is recommended that the shed floor be raised a minimum of 200 mm above the ground surface.

To prevent infiltration of liquid wastes into the soil, the shed floor and the solid waste storage area should be impermeable, eiither concrete or compacted dirt.

Absorbent litter such as sawdust or wood shavings should be maintained under the rabbit cages, or wastes should be collected on trays or mats.

Vegetative screens in

should be kept dry to maintain nutrient quality and to avoid the potential for odour generation and nutrient run-off.

The manure and litter are suitable for use directly onto land, or they can be used in composting mixes with green waste.

Dead animals should be removed and disposed of daily in a local landfill. On-site disposal is acceptable only if pits are specially constructed. The pits should be lined with impervious material, to ensure no leaching of nutrient, and constructed so that other animals cannot gain access.

If land disposal of effluent or sludge is to be carried out on a significant scale, applicants must demonstrate that the rate

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measure by Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

related issue Noise and

Lights

the design and management of the sheds or the wastewater and solid waste management systems.

Likelihood of storm water or floodwater entering the shed or other operational areas, particularly those areas where the rabbits are housed or waste is stored.

some circumstances reduce the transmission of odour. However, they do not negate the need for appropriate planning, siting, design and management practice.

and frequency of application would not result in the overloading of the soil and possible nutrient contamination of groundwater.

Spreading sludge or irrigating with effluent must not occur in areas where there is a risk of run-off into watercourses.

Dry litter-based systems produce little odour provided they are regularly cleaned out and litter is maintained dry.

May 2004 Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Design ReportImprovement of Health Care Waste Management in Uganda Page 1 of 36

INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT FRAMEWORK FOR LOCAL GOVERNMENTS Introduction

Involuntary resettlement due to a development project refers to the moving away of people, their families or community members from a piece of land to allow for the implementation of a community investment. If it is not well managed it could it often give rise to severe economic, social and environmental risks resulting in production systems being dismantled, people facing impoverishment when their productive skills may be less applicable and the competition of resources greater; community institutions and social networks being weakened. Families may disperse and may not even be able to live together as one. Kin/clan groups may end up being dispersed; and cultural identity, traditional authority lost. Therefore, people are in most cases compensated for their loss (of land, property or access) either in kind or in cash of which the former is preferred.

However this compensation needs to be done in only those circumstances where it is extremely inevitable. Care should be taken to ensure that community members during the project identification processes are consulted to own the projects that are being conceived. This will minimize the level of compensation that they may seek as a result of involuntary resettlement.

Categories of Affected population due to involuntary resettlement

a) Affected Individual – An individual who suffers loss of assets or investments, land and property and/or access to natural and/or economic resources as a result of the sub-project activities and to whom compensation is due

b) Affected Household – A household is affected if one or more of its members is affected by sub-project activities, either by loss of property, land, loss of access, or otherwise affected in any way by project activities. This provides for:

- Any members in the households, men, women, children, dependent relatives and friends, tenants.

- Vulnerable individuals who may be too old or ill to farm along with the others.

- Opposite sex-relatives who cannot reside together because of cultural rules, but who depend on one another for their daily existence.

- Opposite-sex relatives who may not eat together but provide housekeeping, or reproductive services critical to the family’s maintenance, and

- Other vulnerable people who cannot participate for physical or cultural reasons in production, consumption, or co-residence.

Compensation will not be limited to people who live together in a co-resident group, since this might leave out people whose labor contributions are critical to the functioning of the “household”. For example, among polygamous groups, each wife may have her own home.

c) Vulnerable Households – Particular attention should be paid to impacts on vulnerable members of these communities such as women, children and internally displaced people;

Internally displaced Persons – these are people who had to flee their homes as a result of rebel atrocities committed against their communities and are now virtually refugees in their own country and have not returned. They may be dependent on the NGO community and others for support.

Internally Displaced Orphaned Children – Children, especially orphaned children or children separated from their parents, who have remained particularly vulnerable to forced employment and associated health and safety hazards. They participate in income generating activities such as fetching of water, artisan mining, etc. If they are impacted by this project in a way that means they have to be physically relocated, their compensation cannot be in cash. Their compensation could take the form of paying for their rehabilitation and training to acquire useful vocational skills.

Women – may depend on husbands, sons, brothers or others for support. In many cases too, women are the main breadwinners in their households, yet may not own land. As mothers and wives, they need access to health service facilities. They will not be resettled in a way that separates them from their households as the very survival of their households depends on them. Their compensation must take into account all these factors.

Elderly – elderly people produce small amounts of food to “exchange” with others, so they can subsist on generous return gifts from people such as their kith and kin and neighbors. What would damage their economic viability is resettlement that separates them from the person or household on whom they depend for their support.

Voluntary Land Contributors – All persons or groups affected by this must be monitored even where contributions are voluntary to ascertain whether they have not been or likely to be affected such that they are left poorer or livelihoods affected without course for compensation. Sometimes land is given “voluntarily” because people do not want to be seen as or accused of, holding back community development.

These household types are not mutually exclusive, so that the elderly may be internally displaced persons, and women may be affected individuals.

Aspects that may be compensated

The following are the aspects that may be affected during involuntary resettlement of individuals and community members:

Land Investments on the land such as building structures

Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Crop gardens, beehives etc. Horticultural, floricultural and fruit trees Scared sites such as graves and graveyards, shrines etc. Places of worship and sanctuaries Relocation caused as a result of separation from access to income generation by a

development in a community e.g. a road may separate a family from access to its garden

Process of Compensation for Involuntary Resettlement

The person or entity that is proposing a development that will impact on the individual or community shall meet the costs of the involuntary resettlement. This may be a Local Council (village, Parish) in the area of jurisdiction or a Local Government (Sub County, District Municipality, Town Council).

In all cases requiring compensation the Local Government of the area shall establish a committee to handle the compensation for the involuntary resettlement. The compensation shall be determine bearing in mind the estimated loss that the individual or community may incur as a result of the resettlement. This may include the cost of relocation, disturbance and where necessary reconstruction of the infrastructure in question. The estimates should be made in line with the prevailing market rates. All relocates shall be given ample time to relocate their services or homes as the case may be.

The processing of funds for compensation shall be computed in line with the provisions of the LG Financial and Accounting Regulations. All the processes for the compensation should be well documented and preserved by the LG for future reference. The documents should clearly indicate what is being compensated for and how much. The affected individual or community should be made to clearly understand all the processes involved in the compensation exercise.

GLOSSARY OF SOME TERMS USED IN THE CHECKLIST

Anaerobic: Not having oxygen

Biodiversity: The variety among living things from all sources, including land and water, and the ecosystems of which they are part. These include variety within species, between species, and of ecosystems. Diversity is the key to ensuring the continuance of life on Earth. It is also a fundamental requirement for adaptation and survival and continued evolution of species.

Catchment: The area drained by a stream, lake or other body of water. Frequently used to refer to areas which feed into dams. May also refer to areas served by a sewerage or storm water system.

Conservation: Looking after and managing a resource such as soil, water or wetland so that it remains able to fulfil its functions and provide benefits for present and future generations.

Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Ecosystem: Systems of plants, animals, and micro organisms, together with the non-living component and related ecological processes, and humans.

Groundwater: Sub-surface (underground) water or water stored in pores, cracks, and crevices in the ground below the water table.

Habitat: The place where a plant or animal species naturally lives and grows; or characteristics of the soil, water, and biologic community (other plants and animals) that make this possible

Infrastructure: Physical structures that form the foundation for development. Infrastructure includes: wastewater and water works, electric power, communications, transit and transportation facilities and oil pipelines and associated facilities.

Leachate: A liquid that results from water collecting contaminants as it trickles through wastes, agricultural pesticides, or fertilizers and may result in hazardous substances entering surface water, groundwater, or soil.

Sedimentation: The process of suspended solid particles settling (going to the bottom of) at the bottom of a vessel or basin

Siltation: Build up of fine soil particles. This usually occurs in wetlands or surface water bodies due to soil erosion upstream.

Surface Water:  All water open to the atmosphere (e.g., rivers, lakes, reservoirs, streams, impoundments, seas, estuaries) and all springs, wells, or other collectors that are directly influenced by surface water.

Wetlands: Lands which are between dry land and water systems, where the water table is near or at the surface, or covered by shallow water (less than 6 metres deep) seasonally or permanently. They contain plants and animals specially adapted to these waterlogged conditions.

Invasive: Tending to intrude or encroach on something.

Mitigation: To moderate (a quality or condition) in force or intensity; alleviate.

Aesthetics: An artistically beautiful or pleasing appearance

Silting: To fill, cover, or obstruct with silt: A sedimentary material consisting of very fine particles intermediate in size between sand and clay.

Wellhead: The structure built over a well.

Vectors: An organism, such as a mosquito or tick, that carries disease-causing micro-organisms from one host to another.

Defecate: To pass out faeces

Stabilize: To make stable or steadfast.

Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Susceptible: Easily influenced or affected

Borrow pits: An unconsolidated mixture of rock fragments or pebbles

Gravelling: To apply a surface of rock fragments or pebbles to.

Ponding: Forming a still body of water much smaller than a lake.

Toxicity: The quality or condition of being toxic: Capable of causing injury or death, especially by chemical means; poisonous

Aquatic: Consisting of, relating to, or being in water

Aquaculture: The science, art, and business of cultivating marine or freshwater food fish under controlled conditions.

Bilharzia: An infection with a parasite of the genus Schistosoma found in water snails; symptoms depend on the part of the body infected.

Sludge; Semisolid material such as the type precipitated by sewage treatment. Mud, mire, or ooze covering the ground or forming a deposit, as on a riverbed

Odour: Bad smell.

Impervious: Incapable of being penetrated or affected by water.

Vermin: Various small animals or insects, such as rats or cockroaches, that are destructive, annoying, or injurious to health.

Litter: Carelessly discarded refuse, such as wastepaper

Effluent: An outflow from a sewer or sewage system or water body.

Stock: A supply accumulated for future use.

Acaricides: a chemical agent used to kill pests e.g. ticks, mites; usually used on cows

Soil bund: Soil embankment

Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Muster rolls: An inventory or list of names of people employed to do an activity e.g. slashing

Percolate: To cause (liquid, for example) to pass through a porous substance or small holes; filter.

Out falls: The place where a sewer, drain, or stream discharges.

Embankment: A mound of earth or stone built to hold backwater or to support a roadway

Camber: A slightly curved/arched surface of a road

Dyke: An embankment of earth and rock built to prevent floods.

Lagoon: A shallow body of liquid waste material.

Skip/ bunker: A container usually concrete or metallic where rubbish/waste is disposed.

Aquifer: An underground bed or layer of earth, gravel, or porous stone that contains water.

Leachate: a product or solution formed by contaminants picked up through the soil.

Scenic view: beautiful view

Catchment: a structure in which water is collected, especially rain water

Standpost/ Water tap: a fixture for drawing water from a pipe

Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Report to:

Uganda

MINISTRY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT

Environmental Checklist for District/City and Municipal Local Governments

May 2004

Environmental Checklists for Sub-county / Division Local Governments

B -

Report to:

Uganda

MINISTRY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT

ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST FOR DISTRICT/CITY AND MUNICIPAL LOCAL GOVERNMENTS

MAY 2004

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................I

PART A: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT QUESTIONNAIRE..................................A

PART B: ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST..............................................................B

1.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST FOR DISTRICT AND MUNICIPAL COUNCIL TECHNICAL PLANNING COMMITTEES......................1

1.1 Water Supply........................................................................................................1

1.2 Roads.....................................................................................................................5

1.3 Drainage................................................................................................................9

1.4 Sanitation............................................................................................................11

1.5 Solid Waste Management...................................................................................15

1.6 General Construction..........................................................................................18

2.0 GLOSSARY OF SOME TERMS USED IN THE CHECKLIST........................1

INTRODUCTIONThis Environmental Checklist has been prepared to aid various levels of local government to identify and determine potential environmental impacts of proposed projects and suggests possible measures for mitigation of adverse impacts. The checklist is intended to be used for all projects implemented utilising capital development funds available through the central government transfers and can be used on any project the Local Government plans to implement regardless of where funding comes from.

The Checklist has been prepared in three volumes, one for each level of Local Government, ie; District/City/Municipality, Sub-county/Division and Parish/Community levels.

The process whereby Local Governments identify environmental impacts of their intended projects starts with a questionnaire that assists LGs screen and identify potential environmental issues. Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire provides the list of simple questions concerning intended projects that will enable LGs decide whether further assessment is required. The questionnaire makes reference to appropriate sections of Part B: Environmental Checklist, which provides much more detail on potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures that can be taken.

This volume of the Environmental Checklist is structured on projects to be undertaken at the District/Municipality levels. The checklist can also act as a guide for those projects that are not particularly mentioned but fall under the sectors dealt with in this checklist. The Checklists are intended to be used by the technical planning committees as well as sector departments of the appropriate level of local government.

The Checklist covers projects by sector. This implies that projects are similar at the different levels of local government. There is however difference in the scale of the project. The difference in scale of the projects subsequently leads to differences in skills and funding required in implementing the proposed mitigation measures. The sectors that are focused upon include water supply, sanitation, drainage, roads, solid waste management, production and general construction.

Under each sector, impacts of activities of projects on environmental components are identified for the planning, construction and operation phases. Environmental components impacted by specific activities of the project are outlined. The nature of environmental concerns or impacts are elaborated. Actions to mitigate impacts are proposed, along with the key actors responsible for implementing the mitigation measures.

May 2004 Environmental Analysis Checklists for Local Governments

i

Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire

A

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forDistrict and Municipal Council Technical Planning Committees

Yes No Environmental Impact

Analysis Checklist Guidance

A Type of activity – Will the project:

1 Support rural water supply schemes? 1.1

2 Build or rehabilitate any rural roads? 1.2

3 Support any drainage activities? 1.3

4 Support rural sanitation schemes? 1.4

5 Involve solid waste management? 1.5

6 Support general construction i.e. build or rehabilitate structures

1.6

If the answer to any of questions 1-6 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section of the Environmental checklist for guidance on how to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks.

B Environment - Will the project:

Yes No Environmental Impact

Analysis Checklist Guidance

WATER AND WETLANDS

7 Affect the amount of ground or surface water? 1.1,1.2

8 Affect or affect quality of water or the discharge into surface water?

1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5

9 Cause flooding? 1.1, 1.2

10 Change the direction of water flow/drainage patterns?

1.1, 1.2

11 Affect the wetland in anyway? 1.2

LAND USE/ SOIL/ GEOLGY

12 Lead to soil erosion? 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6

13 Change existing or planned land use in a negative way?

1.1, 1.4

14 Expose people, structures or property to steep slope problems such as mudslides or landslides?

1.1

A -

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forDistrict and Municipal Council Technical Planning Committees

15 Be located in an area that is likely to collapse? 1.1

AIR QUALITY

16 Result in air emissions or deterioration of quality of air e.g. through suspended dust?

1.1, 1.2,1.6

SOCIAL IMPACTS

17 Be likely to require mitigation measures that result in the project being socially or financially unacceptable?

1.2, 1.6

18 Negatively affect the women, men, children or disabled people?

1.1, 1.2

19 Be affordable to the community? 1.1

20 Alter the location or distribution of the human population in that area?

1.2

21 Increase hazards to cars, bicycles, motorcycles or people walking on foot?

1.2, 1.4, 1.6

22 Impact on public utilities such as hospitals, schools, water, power, energy, waste disposal systems or recreational areas?

1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5

23 Expose people to health and safety hazards/problems?

1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6

BIOLOGICAL

24 Affect plants or animals? 1.1, 1.2, 1.6,

CULTURAL

25 Disturb, alter or destroy a site that is important to preserving unique cultural, historical, religious, or spiritual values?

1.6

26 Result in obstruction of any scenic view open to the public or result in an aesthetically offensive view open to the public?

1.5

If the answer to any of questions 7-26 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section(s) of the Environmental checklist for guidance on how to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks.

A -

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forDistrict and Municipal Council Technical Planning Committees

CERTIFICATION FORM

Project Name: ……………………………………………………………………………..

Project Location: ………………………………………………………………………….

Does the project application document contain the following information?

No. Yes No N\A

1 Description of the proposed project and where it is located?

2 Reasons for proposing the project?

3 The estimate cost for production and operation?

4 Information about how the site was chosen, and what alternatives were considered.

5 A map or drawing showing the location and boundary of the project including any land required temporarily during construction.

6 The plan for any physical works (e.g. layout, buildings, other structures, construction materials)

7 Any new access arrangements or changes to existing road layouts.

8 Any land that needs to be acquired, as well as who owns it, lives on it or has rights to use

9 A work program for construction, operation and decommissioning the physical works, as well as any site restoration needed afterwards.

10 Construction methods.

11 Resources used in construction and operation (e.g. materials, water, energy).

12 Information about measures included in the project plan to avoid or minimize adverse environmental and social impacts.

13 Details of any permits required for the project.

A -

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forDistrict and Municipal Council Technical Planning Committees

If the all answers to questions 1-13 is “Yes” or” N/A” (Not Applicable), then the project should be certified.

If the answer to any of questions 1-13 is “No” the project should not be certified unless reasons why have been clearly stated.

CERTIFICATION

We certify that to the best of our knowledge, the project plan as described in the Environmental Impact Analysis report attached will be adequate to avoid or minimize all adverse environmental and social impacts.

District/ Municipal Council Representative: Name………………………………..Signature………………...……….....Date:……………….

District Environmental Officer/ Representative

Name………………………………..Signature:…………………………...Date:………………

A -

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forDistrict and Municipal Council Technical Planning Committees

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

1. A Field Appraisal report will be completed and added to the project file before the project is appraised if the project:

Needs to acquire land, or an individual or community’s access to land or available resources is affected or changed, or any individual or family is displaced

Encroaches onto an important natural habitat, restricts access to resources within that area, or may affect ecologically sensitive ecosystems (e.g. rivers, streams, wetlands)

Involves or introduces the use of pesticides

Involves, or results in: a) diversion or use of surface waters; b) construction and/or rehabilitation of latrines, septic or sewage systems; c) production of waste (e.g. slaughterhouse waste, medical waste, etc

Involves acquiring a Permit

If a field appraisal was made, are the relevant certified documents attached?

YES NO

If answer is YES, then proceed to the desk appraisal.

If answer is NO, then do the Filed Appraisal before proceeding to the Desk Appraisal.

2. Desk Appraisal by Review Authority:

Is the application complete with all significant environment issues resolved and no further project planning required?

YES NO

If answer is YES, the project should be approved.

If answer is NO, the project should not be approved until all environmental issues are resolved.

Name of Desk Appraisal Officer i.e. District Environmental Officer:

A -

Environmental Impact Questionnaire forDistrict and Municipal Council Technical Planning Committees

………………………………………………….

Signature:………………………………………

Date :………………………………………….

A -

Part B: Environmental Checklist

B

Environmental Checklist for District/City and Municipal Local GovernmentsNote: Users of the checklists should not that not all sectors of Local Government investments may have been covered in this checklist. Where such sectors may not have been covered then the user may refer to the checklist for the lower LGs for the mitigation measures. For example a project may be conceived by a district LG but its mitigation measures may be found in the checklist for the Sub County/Division/Town Council checklist. In addition where the checklist is not covering a particular project situation then that project may need a fully-fledged environment impact assessment (EIA).

Water Supply Project/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Surface water supply intakePLANNING PHASE

Source for consultant to conduct an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).

Consult the District Engineer and District Water Officer.

Community consultation.

Surface water supply intakeCONSTRUCTION PHASE:

Project siting

Human beings

Soil Aquatic

ecology

Drilling, excavation and earth moving operations may lead to soil disposal problems and disruption of biodiversity of the area leading to contamination of water.

Social disruption of local populations by imported construction workers.

Some of the aquatic animals and plants may be destroyed during the

Assessing potential impacts on aquatic plants and animals of receiving water.

Safety of workers and accident prevention during construction should be ensured.

Proper disposal of the excavated material.

Limit vegetation removal to specific site to minimise destruction of plants and animals.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

construction process.Surface water supply intake

OPERATION PHASE:

Maintenance of system

Water Human

beings

Drawing in water polluted with animal wastes.

Solid and liquid waste polluting water supply

Diseases related to poor drainage.

Taking consideration of the potential social problems of the local population in utilising the project facilities.

Establish exclusion zone upstream of intake in which animals are not allowed.

Establish water protection area in catchment of water supply intake and control access and use.

Educate the community about boiling water for drinking.

Ensure that the drainage is not blocked so as to prevent breeding places for mosquitoes.

Drainage could be directed into gardens in which suitable plants like yams are grown via forked channels.

Water treatment plantPLANNING PHASE

Source for consultant to conduct an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).

Consult the District Engineer and District Water Officer.

Community consultation

Water treatment plantCONSTRUCTION

PHASE:

Vegetation Destruction of vegetation during excavation works

Loss of habitat, Adverse

aesthetic impacts

Construction contract documents should incorporate provisions for limiting vegetative removal, and for re-vegetation of the construction area upon completion.

Safety of workers and accident prevention during construction should be ensured.

Limit vegetation removal to the specific site.

Re- plant vegetation on the construction area upon completion.

Water treatment plant

OPERATION PHASE:

Water Sludge from water treatment plant polluting water courses in area

Waste oil and grease from machinery polluting water courses in area

Water treatment

Establish and maintain sludge disposal facility.

Collect waste oil and dispose it properly.

Store chemicals in secure dry building, clean up any spillage and replace broken packaging and leaking containers.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

chemicals leaking from containers and contaminating surface and ground water.

Supply and distribution mainsPLANNING PHASE

Source for consultant to conduct an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).

Consult the District Engineer and District Water Officer.

Community consultation.

Supply and distribution mains

CONSTRUCTION PHASE:

Excavation of trench

Vegetation Destruction of vegetation during excavation works

Loss of habitat Adverse

aesthetic impacts

Construction contract documents should incorporate provisions for limiting vegetative removal, and for re-vegetation of the construction area upon completion.

Limit vegetation removal to the specific site.

Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion.

Maintain positive pressure in pipes at all times.

Install and maintain adequate number of drain points in system and Provide surface drainage to prevent collection of runoff water along pipeline route.

Install sewage piping in separate trench from water supply piping with adequate separation, preferably on opposite sides of road. Where pipes cross, install impermeable barrier between the pipes.

Supply and distribution mains

OPERATION PHASE

Water Leakage from broken pipes creating ponds of water in which disease carrying organisms thrive.

Negative

Establish and support leakage detection and repair either within local government or through private sector.

Flush system once in a

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

pressure in pipes drawing contaminated water and soil into water supply.

while to remove accumulated silt.

RoadsProject/Activity Environmental

component affectedNature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

RoadsPLANNING

PHASE

Human beings Land

Displacement of people

Source of materials for the gravel.

Identify good borrow pit areas near the road.

Sensitisation of people along the proposed route.

RoadsCONSTRUCTION

PHASE

Excavations in borrow areas.

Grading to attain right camber

Use of equipment.

Culvert installation

Fuelling

Soil Human beings Animals Geology Plants

Creates ponds and pools of water if left open. May encourage breeding of mosquitoes and cause accidents.

Siltation of waterways. Erosion and

sedimentation during construction.

Accidents. Oil and petrol spills

may happen during refuelling or transportation.

Low wages and untimely payment of workers.

Dumping of construction debris e.g. soil waste material in wetlands.

Clearing wetlands to give way for construction using culverts and embankment fills, infilling some parts with gravel. These activities are likely to interfere with water flow/local drainage and may interfere with the capacity of the wetland to filter and clean water.

Increased accidents. Human and organic

Regular maintenance of culvert crossings with proper de-silting measures put in place.

Sensitise the workforce and communities about the risk of diseases, especially HIV/AIDS. This should be done thro-out the construction process.

Sensitise the communities on the benefits of having a properly constructed road.

Involve the community at the start of the project by recruiting them to work on the roads so that they can develop a sense of belonging to the entire project.

Hold stakeholders’ conferences and clearly map out the roles of each stakeholder on the project. This will be done using the area local council works committees.

Restore the borrow areas with topsoil that had been spread to the side of the borrow area then plant grass and allow natural re-growth of vegetation.

Proper grading of the road at the right camber being adopted for earth roads.

Creation of proper waterways like outfalls and offshoots at crossings and steep slopes to channel the water off the road.

Provide first aid kits. Sensitise and train

labourers in the use of equipment.

Provide protective gear. Install the proper

culverts and headwalls with outfalls sited in the proper direction of flow.

Proper grading of the road.

Drainage channels should be designed and implemented to avoid the transfer, deposition and accumulation of silt, especially in wetlands.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

wastes polluting the watercourses.

Reduction of cropping areas for local farmers adjacent to road. Increased likelihood of

transmitting diseases such as cholera and STD’s to and from, local population.

Disputes with those neighbouring the roads, especially with communities that have encroached on the road reserve and land that has borrow areas.

Fuelling should be done away from water sources/wetlands.

Soil bunds should be constructed around a single designated area for the washing, fuelling and maintenance of vehicles and machinery. Servicing of machinery should not be done on site to minimise spills.

Waste should not be disposed of in wetlands.

Sensitise workers in the presence of supervision staff.

Strict monitoring and supervision by staff concerned.

Keep muster rolls. Dumping of such

material in or near the wetland should be avoided.

Install appropriate sizes of culverts and embankments to provide adequate drainage.

Overburden should be removed after barren soil surfaces have stabilized through seeding with grass.

Increase road width through adequate bush clearing to improve sighting distances of motorists and increase the braking distance in situations where quick reactions are necessary.

Temporary pit latrines should be constructed at the

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

camps. Construct speed control

bumps in trading centres to reduce accidents.

Roads: OPERATION

PHASE Slashing the

roadsides to improve sighting distance

Soil Flora Water Human health

Increased accidents due to poor sighting distance.

Roadway blocking drainage for runoff water.

Roadway becoming a watercourse during rains and causing erosion.

Ponding on roadway providing breeding site for water borne disease.

Potholes in road causing vehicle and pedestrian accidents.

Pedestrians injured and killed by over speeding vehicles

Establish and support roads maintenance program.

Slashing the sides of the road to improve the sighting distance of the motorists and generally improve the drainage of the road.

Minimise as much as possible destruction of vegetation and plant trees along the sides of the roads.

Install culverts or bridges across natural and manmade drainage channels and keep them clear of debris.

Provide drainage ditches on both sides of the road and install small check dams to reduce speed of water flow. Direct water from roadway ditch into natural or manmade drainage channels as frequently as possible to minimise the volume of runoff water carried by roadway ditch.

Plant shrubs and trees on uphill side of ditch to slow water runoff.

Raise road above surrounding ground level and slope the surface of the road toward the sides.

Primary bridges and culverts

PLANNING PHASE

Human Beings Surface water

Flooding Road becoming

impassable. Bridge deck failure

causing accidents and injuries.

Source for a consultant to conduct an EIA (Environmental Impact Assessment).

Consult District Engineer for proper and safe design.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Primary bridges and culverts:

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Soil Vegetation Human beings Water Dust

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Increased dust levels due to removal of vegetation and construction traffic.

Soil erosion will occur especially during the rain season.

Surface water downstream will be silted due to transportation of loose soil.

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Limit vegetation clearing.

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

If the dust levels are high, the contractor should sprinkle water to reduce dust levels.

Primary bridges and culverts: OPERATION

PHASE:

Soil Surface water Human beings

Flooding and erosion caused by overflowing and blockage of openings.

Bridge deck failure causing accidents and injuries

Establish and implement maintenance program and establish source of funding to pay for repair works.

Organise regular cleanout of culverts to avoid blockage.

DrainageProject/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Primary drains (Man-made and natural channels)PLANNING PHASE

Soil Water Human

beings

Soil erosion Flooding may

affect people’s property.

Community consultation.

Proper site selection.

Primary drains (Man-made and natural channels)CONSTRUCTION

PHASE

Soil Vegetation

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Soil erosion will occur especially during the rain season.

Surface water downstream will be silted as a result of transportation of loose soil.

Prevent construction of housing or commercial operations in flood prone areas.

Plant shrubs and trees on uphill side of ditch to slow water runoff.

Prevent construction of housing or commercial operations in flood prone areas.

Limit vegetation clearing to the width of the drainage.

Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion.

Restrict digging of drainage channel to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Install check dams to reduce speed of flow.

Plant shrubs and trees on uphill side of ditch to slow water runoff.

Enlarge drain to accommodate peak flows.

Stabilize sections of bank susceptible to erosion.

Primary drains (Man-made and natural channels)

OPERATION PHASE:

Soil Surface

water Human

beings

Runoff water ponding beyond edge of property and providing breeding ground for water

Conduct public education campaign to raise awareness of health risks of careless defecation and

Ensure that the channel is kept clear of debris.

Erosion along banks of drainage channel causing

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

borne disease. Excessive

erosion in drainage channel

Drainage channel used for open defecation.

Drainage channel used as disposal site for solid waste, which causes blockage of the channel (particularly by plastic bags) and contamination of the water.

People drawing their water supply from drains resulting in ill health.

indiscriminate disposal of solid waste. Promote use of latrines.

Local council should deal with polluters.

Conduct public education campaign to raise awareness of health risks of using unprotected water sources. Provide alternative safe water supply sources that are affordable to users.

Organize regular maintenance to remove debris from channels.

siltation of channel and loss of land.

SanitationProject/Activity Environmental

component affectedNature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Latrines PLANNING PHASE

Water Groundwater Contamination

Locate latrines at least 30 metres from dug wells, springs, and boreholes. If possible locate latrine at 60 meters.

Promote use of pit latrines.

Educate people on the risk of indiscriminate faecal disposal.

LatrinesCONSTRUCTION

PHASE: Bush clearing Excavation/

digging pit.

Vegetation Soil Surface water Human

beings

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Increased dust levels due to removal of vegetation

Soil erosion, especially during the rain season.

Surface water downstream silted as a result of soil erosion.

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Limit vegetation clearing to the specific site of latrine.

Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion.

Fence off the pit during construction to prevent accidents.

LatrinesOPERATION PHASE:

Use of latrines

Water Animals Human

beings

Contamination of ground water supply sources through sub-surface flow of human waste.

Contamination of surface water sources through transportation by storm runoff.

Animals carry disease-causing parasites.

More land is used in construction of new

Locate latrines at least 30 metres from dug wells, springs, and boreholes. If possible locate latrine at 60 meters.

If possible, construct lined pit latrines, which can be emptied when full. Consider constructing water borne squat toilets if there is piped water in that area.

Place lid on hole to prevent flies.

Slash area around the pit latrine to destroy habitat of disease causing vectors.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

latrines when old ones fill up.

Sewage collection piping and drains

PLANNING PHASE

Land Human

beings

Land acquisition Community consultation

Proper site selection of where pipes will pass.

Sewage collection piping and drains

CONSTRUCTION PHASE:

Excavation of trenches

Pipe laying

Soil Vegetation Surface water Human

beings

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Increased dust levels due to removal of vegetation.

Soil erosion will occur especially during the rain season.

Surface water downstream will be silted as a result of transportation of loose soil.

Restrict construction to dry season to reduce soil erosion and silting of surface water sources.

Limit vegetation clearing to the specific site of trench.

Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion.

Ensure that sewage piping is installed in separate trench from water supply piping with adequate separation, preferably on opposite sides of street. Where pipes cross, ensure that impermeable barrier installed between the pipes.

Sewage collection piping and drainsOPERATION PHASE

Piped water Human

beings

Leakage from broken drains and overflow from plugged pipes forming ponds of wastewater and contaminating surface waters.

Cross contamination of water supply from sewage collection piping.

People coming in

Conduct public education campaign aimed at reducing quantity of solid waste such as plastics entering the collection system.

Provide leakage detection and repair and organise for cleaning out of the pipes.

Ensure that collector drains are covered and

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

contact with wastewater in collector drains and from overflow from plugged drains.

cleaned on a regular basis.

Sewage treatment lagoonsPLANNING PHASE

Human beings

Sludge disposed of indiscriminately and causing health risk.

Source for a consultant to conduct an EIA (Environmental Impact Assessment).

Consult District Engineer for proper design.

Establish and enforce guidelines for design, construction and management of disposal facilities.

Sewage treatment lagoonsConstruction phase

Vegetation Destruction of vegetation during excavation works

Loss of habitat for animals.

Aesthetic impacts.

Construction contract documents should incorporate provisions for limiting vegetative removal, and for re-vegetation of the construction area upon completion.

Limit vegetation clearing to the specific site.

Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon completion to reduce soil erosion and maintain natural beauty.

Construct proper fencing to prevent animals entering sewage lagoon area.

Sewage treatment lagoonsOperation phase:

Animals Human

beings Vegetation Water

Animals accessing sewage lagoon and transmitting diseases to people.

Incompletely treated waste water contaminating surface water streams

Waste water used for irrigation and causing

Wastewater leaving the treatment site should be treated to meet prescribed quality standards.

Ensure that lagoons are sized and operated to retain wastewater adequate time to complete treatment process.

Establish and enforce

Maintain proper fencing to prevent animals entering sewage lagoon area.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

contamination of foods consumed by humans.

regulation of the usage of wastewater for irrigation to prevent transmission of disease to plants consumed by humans.

Solid Waste ManagementProject/Activity Environmental

component affectedNature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Public collection points

PLANNING PHASE

Human beings

Land Water

Contamination of water.

Land acquisition. Disease

outbreak. Accessibility of

the waste skip.

Community consultation.

Consult with District Engineer for appropriate design of the skip.

Locate the skip or bunker in an accessible place for public use.

Ensure that the skip or bunker is of a comfortable height for the users to place the waste inside instead of throwing it outside.

Public collection points CONSTRUCTION

PHASE:

Aesthetics Aesthetics Supervise the contractor in construction of the skip.

Construct the skip according to the specifications given in the contract.

Public collection points e.g. at markets

OPERATION PHASE:

Actual use of the skip

Unsightly overflowing skips or bunkers leading to nuisance smells and disease vectors such as flies and rodents

Human wastes (flying toilets) thrown into skips and bunkers.

Disease vectors such as flies and rodents using the skips

The waste skips should be emptied on a regular basis.

Locate the skip or bunker in a place in an accessible place for public use

Conduct public education program to promote recovery of useable solid wastes

Provide adequate

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

and surrounding area as breeding ground.

equipment to empty skips and bunkers before they overflow.

Conduct hygiene education campaign to raise awareness of the health risks of indiscriminate disposal of human wastes and promote the use of latrines.

Waste disposal site/ pit.

PLANNING PHASE

Human beings

Land Water

Contamination of water

Land acquisition Disease

outbreak. Accessibility of

the waste disposal site.

Community consultation.

Ensure that the location of the pit is accessible to the public.

Compensation of land as much as possible especially in the divisions.

Waste disposal site/ pitCONSTRUCTIO

N PHASE

Water Contamination of water.

Select disposal site underlain by low permeability materials (not sand and gravel) and as far as possible from aquifers and surface water.

Build fence around disposal site to keep out animals.

Construct drain around perimeter of disposal site and lead runoff water to treatment pond.

Waste disposal site/ pit

Animals Human

beings

Waste scattered by wind.

Animals and

Conduct campaign to promote recovery of useable solid wastes,

Cover waste as soon as possible after dumping.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

OPERATION PHASE:

Water flies feeding on garbage and carrying disease to human population.

Runoff from disposal site draining into and polluting local water sources.

Leachate from waste polluting the ground water or surface water.

Volume of waste accumulating too quickly and necessitating opening of new waste disposal site.

especially organic wastes that constitute up to 80% of the wastes.

Prevent general runoff from flowing across disposal site.

Clear debris from drain around perimeter of disposal site so that runoff water is led to the treatment pond.

Fence around the disposal pit should be maintained to keep out animals.

Other Solid Waste projects such as the ones mentioned below would require an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Recycling/resource recovery systems Landfill Incineration Refuse derived fuel production River or lake disposal Reduction of waste at source

General ConstructionProject/ Activity Environmental

component affectedNature of Environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

General constructionPLANNING PHASE

Human beings

Land Animals Plants

Destruction of site with unique cultural, historical, religious or spiritual value.

Displacement of people living in that area.

Destruction of vegetation causing loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Change of land use.

Consult District Engineer for adequate technical designs and ensure that the site is not within the road reserve so that enough space is left for extension of public utilities like electricty water, water telephones e.t.c.

Community consulation and involvelment.

Select site that does not destroy a site that is important to preserving unique cultural, historical, religious or spiritual values.

Construction contract documents should include environmental mitigation measures relevant to the construction.

General construction

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Vegetation Animals Soil Human beings Surface water

Destruction of vegetation during excavation works.

Loss of animal habitat.

Adverse aesthetic impacts.

Soil erosion

The construction contract documents should incorporate provisions for limiting vegetative removal, and for re-vegetation of the construction area upon completion.

The contractor should be limited in the activities authorized during the rainy seasons.

Limit vegetation removal to specific area of construction.

Re-plant vegetation on the construction area upon completion.

Project/ Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of Environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

especially during the rain season, where soil is loose.

Surface water downstream will be silted as a result of transportation of loose soil.

Traffic Disruption. Increased dust as a

result of vegetative cover removal.

In case of high dust levels, the contractor should sprinkle the construction area with water to minimize dust.

Warning signs should be used to ensure that traffic disruption is kept to a minimum.

CROP HUSBANDRY Project/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Crop HusbandryPLANNING

PHASE

Soil Vegetatio

n Animals Human

beings Water Air

Loss of fertility. Soil erosion. Loss of

vegetative cover. Contamination

of water by fertilizers, which may eventually affect people.

Consult with the Agricultural Extension staff.

Crop Husbandry Soil Vegetatio

Destruction of vegetation causing

Education and training of

Phased vegetation clearing to

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

ESTABLISHMENT PHASE

Vegetation clearing

Tilling land Constructio

n of irrigation/ drainage infrastructure

Planting Fertilizer

application

n Animals Water

loss of habitat (home) for animals.

Loss of biodiversity

Soil erosion in hilly areas during the rainy season

Siltation of surface water downstream as a result of transportation of loose soil.

Introduction of new invasive species.

participants in soil and water protection.

Restrict introduction of new species until scientific studies are done.

allow animals time to adapt.

Carry out assessment to identify species of conservation concern.

Using appropriate techniques to slow runoff e.g. use bunds, contours, terraces, mulching, grass strips, etc.

Crop Husbandry

OPERATION PHASE

Crop husbandry (weeding, agrochemical application, harvesting)

Processing

Soil Water Fauna

Loss of soil nutrients.

Reduced water flow if stream or river is being diverted for irrigation.

Risk of disease from mosquitoes, snails, etc.

Soil and water contamination from agrochemicals (fertilizers and

Education and training of participants in good agricultural practices.

Appropriate crop selection.

Use of registered and recommended agrochemicals.

Implement good agricultural practises e.g. terracing, mulching.

Planting trees in the catchment to improve water

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

pesticides) and some agro processing projects.

Agrochemical toxicity to humans.

Use of manure resulting in spreading disease.

retention. Timed or

minimum use of chemicals e.g. use integrated pest management, cultural soil and crop protection measures.

Irrigation Soil Surface

water Ground

water Fauna

Loss of soil quality e.g. development of salty soil

Reduced water flow if stream or river is being diverted for irrigation

Risk of disease from mosquitoes, snails, etc.

Soil and water contamination from agrochemicals (fertilisers and pesticides).

Consult Agricultural Officer for guidance.

Initiate resources survey including water and soil quality and hydrology

Soil and water conservation measures built into the project e.g. narrow or covered irrigation canals or pipes.

Appropriate crop selection

Using appropriate techniques to slow runoff

Provide adequate irrigation channels to avoid stagnation of water.

Regulate water flow into the irrigated fields.

Planting trees in the catchment to improve water retention.

Keep canals, ditches lined or free of weeds and sediment and with good drainage.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Introduce fish that eat mosquitoes to control malaria.

Livestock and Range ManagementProject/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Livestock and Range

ManagementPLANNING

PHASE

Land Soil Plants Animals Human

beings

Change of existing land use.

Introduction of new invasive species.

Consult with Agricultural Officer.

Restrict introduction of new species until scientific studies are done.

Livestock and Management

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Planting pasture for animals.

Construction of facilities e.g. for watering, treatment of animals against pests.

Soil Plants Water

Soil Pollution. Contamination of

water from cattle dips.

Agricultural Officers should ensure implementation of research findings on new species to be introduced.

Ensure proper construction of cattle dips to avoid spillage.

Buy high yielding animal breeds.

Plant approved species of pasture approved by Local Government through the Agricultural Officer.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Livestock and Range

Management

OPERATION PHASE

Grazing Watering

animals Livestock

movement Preparatio

n of products

Soil Surface

water Plants Animals

Overgrazing leading to loss of soil nutrients and soil erosion.

Change in vegetation types due to grazing pressure.

Transmission of diseases.

Assess carrying capacity of the land and limit grazing pressure accordingly.

Maximise forage productivity by combining different types of livestock.

Location of watering points to avoid congregation of too many livestock in one place.

Education and training of participants on control and management of manure.

Proper veterinary services.

Practice rotational grazing to avoid over grazing.

Utilize manure as fertilizer for their crops.

Provide veterinary care.

Fisheries (Aquaculture)Project/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

FisheriesPLANNING

PHASE

Land Wetlands Water Human

Land use conflicts

Water supply conflicts

Community consultation.

Encourage use of existing depressions, hollows and ditches.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Beings - Social and economic disruptions to existing community water management practices and relationships

Good pond design, construction and maintenance to avoid premature abandonment and digging of new ponds by extension staff.

Ensure adequate community participation in the planning and operation of the project.

Site ponds to avoid disrupting existing/ traditional uses of water (e.g. drinking, washing, animal watering).

Develop ponds with other activities to combine water sources (e.g. pond water used for irrigation of crops).

Develop supply sources where water quantities are adequate and the project will not conflict with existing human, livestock, wildlife or aquatic water uses especially during the dry seasons.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Site project well away from wetlands

FisheriesESTABLISHMENT

PHASE

Clearing and excavation of wetland

Pond bank stabilization

Introduction of fish

Vegetation

Water Humans Water

Quality

Loss of wetland vegetation leading to loss of habitats.

Disease due to pollution of water sources from aquaculture wastes

Creating habitats for disease carriers such as mosquitoes and snails and increasing the occurrence of water-related diseases such as malaria and bilharzias.

Contamination of surface waters with aquaculture wastes.

Restrict area cleared for ponds.

Employ suitable prevention and mitigation measures, including education of local people e.g. good surface drainage around projects water supply, ponds and drainage works; use fish species that feed on disease carriers.

Construct ponds during dry season.

Stabilize exposed soil with grasses and other ground cover.

Ensure good drainage and erosion control around ponds.

Fisheries

OPERATION PHASE

Feeding fish Harvesting

Water Humans Water

quality

Waste from intensive fish processing has high (BOD) Biochemical Oxygen Demand which may result in deterioration of water quality

Monitor disease occurrence and public health indicators, and take corrective measures as needed (e.g. change project works, improve maintenance, education,

Keep fish densities at moderate levels to reduce disease risk and need for antibiotics

Dilute pond water prior to release.

Use shorter

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

fish Processing

e.g. smoking

medical) Monitoring of

fisheries activities and impacts.

retention time of water in ponds i.e. more frequent exchange of water.

Consider using pond sludge as fertilizer if properly decomposed and non- toxic.

Bee KeepingProject/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Bee keepingPLANNING

PHASE

Human beings

Animals

Risk of bee stings

Community consultation.

Proper site selection.

Educate people on proper harvesting techniques.

Use suitable protective gear during harvesting.

Bee KeepingESTABLISHMENT

PHASESetting up beehives

Vegetation Animals

Disturbance may be caused by trampling while setting up hives.

Set up hives in areas with little or no wildlife.

Educate people on setting up modern beehives.

Set up modern beehives.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Bee KeepingOPERATION

PHASE Checking

hives Harvesting

honey Processing

e.g. smoking

Animals Humans

Risk of fire from poor harvesting methods.

Risk of bee stings.

Minor disturbance may be caused by trampling while checking hives and harvesting.

Train people in modern techniques of harvesting honey.

Use proper harvesting equipment and techniques e.g. smokers.

Fence off area of hives to avoid disturbance from other people.

Use proper harvesting techniques with proper protective gear.

PiggeryProject/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Piggery PLANNING

PHASE

Surface water

Human beings

Contamination of water sources

Noise Odour

Provide proper design of shed.

Sheds should not be sited on slopes above sensitive receiving environments.

Sheds should have concrete floors for easy cleaning.

Wash down and wastewater collection and transport systems should be designed and constructed so as to avoid stagnation of wastewaters.

Distance from the perimeter of a piggery, or from the nearest point of a treatment system i.e. 20m to any property boundary and 50m to any public area or road recommended to minimise the effect of odours as much as possible.

Shed should have vertical emission stacks

If odours do occur, the cleaning and flushing of pen floors, drainage channels and pipes should be increased in frequency.

Wastewater holding tanks should be covered or enclosed, to minimise odour release.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

rather than having emission points close to the road or along sidewalls.

PiggeryCONSTRUCTION

PHASE

Setting Up the piggery

Plants Animals Soil

Clearing of vegetation

Soil erosion during construction of pig shed.

Educate community on proper management of pigs.

Provide proper designs for shed construction.

Sheds should be constructed in a manner that makes them leak free and easy to maintain.

Materials should be impervious to assist in cleaning and to avoid absorption of odours.

Horizontal surfaces (other than the floor) will tend to accumulate dust and other wastes and should be avoided.

Ventilation systems should not allow rain to enter the building and dampen litter.

Piggery Human Wet litter is a Moisture control of litter

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measureby Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

OPERATION PHASE

beings significant odour source, especially as manure accumulates

Health hazard in form of jiggers, lice and fleas

The moisture content of litter should be controlled by:-

- prompt repair of leaks in roof and exterior walls;- prompt repair of leaks in drinking and drinkers;- an adequate depth of bedding litter;- the removal of damp litter around drinkers;- A moisture content of 30-40% is optimal, avoiding dust (too dry) and odour (too damp).Odour mitigation measures include:- a high standard of building and floor cleanliness;- avoiding over-damp litter;- adequate separation from neighbouring properties/premises;- elevated discharge into the air from buildings.

Rabbit Keeping Project/Activity Environmental

component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measure by Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Rabbit Keeping

PLANNING PHASE Availability

of the rabbits Plan for the

storage and disposal of wastes, dead animals, manure, sludge and effluent etc.

Land Animals Water Human

beings

Suitability of the site.

Market for the rabbits.

Odour. Storage and

disposal of wastes. Compatibility

with existing and surrounding land uses e.g. distances to any houses, property boundaries or watercourses.

Agricultural Officers should consider research findings on new species to be introduced.

Community consultation.

Avoid environmentally sensitive areas.

The establishment of the rabbit farming at adequate distances from neighbours can assist in minimising environmental impacts.

The shed must not be located in an area that is subject to water logging.

Willingness of the community to participate in the project.

Rabbit KeepingCONSTRUCTION

PHASE

Building the rabbit shed.

Vegetation

Human Beings

Clearing of vegetation

Soil erosion during construction of pig shed.

Ensure proper construction of rabbit sheds.

Buy good quality breeds of rabbits.

Educate community on proper management of rabbits.

Provide proper designs for shed construction.

Sheds to be constructed in a manner that makes them free of leaks and easy to maintain.

The shed floor should be impervious to assist in cleaning and to avoid absorption of odours.

Ventilation systems should not allow rain to enter the building.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measure by Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Rabbit keepingOPERATION

PHASE Animal

health is likely to be affected by poor shed hygiene.

Health risks assessment (if animals are being processed on-site for human consumption).

Stock management

i.e. Security, Shed Hygiene, Vermin control including insects, Processing,

Plans for disposal of stock

Solid waste management (Rabbit manure should be viewed as a valuable nutrient resource and not as a waste

Vegetation

Animals Human

beings Soil Water

Health of the rabbits, employees and surrounding residents due to the presence of vermin.

Fast transmission of diseases throughout the stock, which may lead to death of the whole stock.

Generation of dour from stockpiled manure and dead animals.

Nutrient runoff from the manure and overflows from holding tanks may contaminate surface water.

Poorly constructed holding ponds may lad to contamination of groundwater

Land disposal of effluent or sludge may lead to soil pollution and ground

Disease-control methods should be established for isolating diseased stock and for quickly dealing with the problem.

Rabbits must be kept within a well-ventilated rabbit-proof enclosure.

All drainage water and animal wastes should be collected via a drain and led to a suitably located designed holding pond.

Depending on the scale of the enterprise, a sedimentation pond may be required to be constructed in order to collect effluent and settle out the solid material before it reaches the holding pond.

The proposed water sources for the rabbit enterprise should be of an adequate quality and reliability during dry periods to meet the rabbits needs.

The site layout and sheds should be designed to

As rabbit hair builds up inside sheds, it should be removed regularly from vents and window screens to maintain the efficiency of shed ventilation systems.

Sound management and maintenance practices in sheds, waste management areas and feed storage areas are essential to prevent a vermin problem at the rabbit farm, which could also become a problem for surrounding residents.

Plans for quick disposal of stock should be in place whenever it is necessary for rabbit producers to quickly dispose of their stock.

In a dry system, manure (and litter) may only need to be removed once every several weeks.

Stockpiled manure should be kept dry to maintain nutrient quality and to avoid the potential

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measure by Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

product requiring disposal). Manure and litter collection, storage and disposal

Disposal of dead animals

Wastewater, collection and Storage. These include any wash-down water from periodic cleaning of sheds and cages, and any run-off from stockpiled manure.

Application of wastewater and sludge to land

Odour management

Water-related issue

Noise and Lights

water contamination. Odour can

result from poorly managed sheds or waste storage and disposal, as rabbit manure and effluent contain high levels of ammonia.

Significant ammonia levels can affect the health of the rabbits as well as reduce the amenity of the surrounding area, potentially causing conflicts with neighbouring property owners.

Contamination of wetlands or groundwater may occur if sufficient care is not taken with the design and management of the sheds or the wastewater and solid waste management systems.

minimise the likelihood of storm water or floodwater entering the shed or other operational areas, particularly those areas where the rabbits are housed or wastes are stored.

It is recommended that the shed floor be raised a minimum of 200 mm above the ground surface.

To prevent infiltration of liquid wastes into the soil, the shed floor and the solid waste storage area should be impermeable, eiither concrete or compacted dirt.

Absorbent litter such as sawdust or wood shavings should be maintained under the rabbit cages, or wastes should be collected on trays or mats.

Vegetative screens in some circumstances reduce the transmission of odour. However, they do not negate the need for appropriate planning, siting, design and management practice.

for odour generation and nutrient run-off.

The manure and litter are suitable for use directly onto land, or they can be used in composting mixes with green waste.

Dead animals should be removed and disposed of daily in a local landfill. On-site disposal is acceptable only if pits are specially constructed. The pits should be lined with impervious material, to ensure no leaching of nutrient, and constructed so that other animals cannot gain access.

If land disposal of effluent or sludge is to be carried out on a significant scale, applicants must demonstrate that the rate and frequency of application would not result in the overloading of the soil and possible nutrient contamination of groundwater.

Project/Activity Environmental component affected

Nature of environmental concern

Required action /mitigation measure by Local Government

Required action /mitigation measure by Community

Required action /mitigation measure by Contractor

Likelihood of storm water or floodwater entering the shed or other operational areas, particularly those areas where the rabbits are housed or waste is stored.

Spreading sludge or irrigating with effluent must not occur in areas where there is a risk of run-off into watercourses.

Dry litter-based systems produce little odour provided they are regularly cleaned out and litter is maintained dry.

Design ReportImprovement of Health Care Waste Management in Uganda Page 1 of 36

INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT FRAMEWORK FOR LOCAL GOVERNMENTS

Introduction

Involuntary resettlement due to a development project refers to the moving away of people, their families or community members from a piece of land to allow for the implementation of a community investment. If it is not well managed it could it often give rise to severe economic, social and environmental risks resulting in production systems being dismantled, people facing impoverishment when their productive skills may be less applicable and the competition of resources greater; community institutions and social networks being weakened. Families may disperse and may not even be able to live together as one. Kin/clan groups may end up being dispersed; and cultural identity, traditional authority lost. Therefore, people are in most cases compensated for their loss (of land, property or access) either in kind or in cash of which the former is preferred.

However this compensation needs to be done in only those circumstances where it is extremely inevitable. Care should be taken to ensure that community members during the project identification processes are consulted to own the projects that are being conceived. This will minimize the level of compensation that they may seek as a result of involuntary resettlement.

Categories of Affected population due to involuntary resettlement

a) Affected Individual – An individual who suffers loss of assets or investments, land and property and/or access to natural and/or economic resources as a result of the sub-project activities and to whom compensation is due

b) Affected Household – A household is affected if one or more of its members is affected by sub-project activities, either by loss of property, land, loss of access, or otherwise affected in any way by project activities. This provides for:

- Any members in the households, men, women, children, dependent relatives and friends, tenants.

- Vulnerable individuals who may be too old or ill to farm along with the others.

- Opposite sex-relatives who cannot reside together because of cultural rules, but who depend on one another for their daily existence.

- Opposite-sex relatives who may not eat together but provide housekeeping, or reproductive services critical to the family’s maintenance, and

- Other vulnerable people who cannot participate for physical or cultural reasons in production, consumption, or co-residence.

Compensation will not be limited to people who live together in a co-resident group, since this might leave out people whose labor contributions are critical to the functioning of the “household”. For example, among polygamous groups, each wife may have her own home.

c) Vulnerable Households – Particular attention should be paid to impacts on vulnerable members of these communities such as women, children and internally displaced people;

Internally displaced Persons – these are people who had to flee their homes as a result of rebel atrocities committed against their communities and are now virtually refugees in their own country and have not returned. They may be dependent on the NGO community and others for support.

Internally Displaced Orphaned Children – Children, especially orphaned children or children separated from their parents, who have remained particularly vulnerable to forced employment and associated health and safety hazards. They participate in income generating activities such as fetching of water, artisan mining, etc. If they are impacted by this project in a way that means they have to be physically relocated, their compensation cannot be in cash. Their compensation could take the form of paying for their rehabilitation and training to acquire useful vocational skills.

Women – may depend on husbands, sons, brothers or others for support. In many cases too, women are the main breadwinners in their households, yet may not own land. As mothers and wives, they need access to health service facilities. They will not be resettled in a way that separates them from their households as the very survival of their households depends on them. Their compensation must take into account all these factors.

Elderly – elderly people produce small amounts of food to “exchange” with others, so they can subsist on generous return gifts from people such as their kith and kin and neighbors. What would damage their economic viability is resettlement that separates them from the person or household on whom they depend for their support.

Voluntary Land Contributors – All persons or groups affected by this must be monitored even where contributions are voluntary to ascertain whether they have not been or likely to be affected such that they are left poorer or livelihoods affected without course for compensation. Sometimes land is given “voluntarily” because people do not want to be seen as or accused of, holding back community development.

These household types are not mutually exclusive, so that the elderly may be internally displaced persons, and women may be affected individuals.

Aspects that may be compensated

The following are the aspects that may be affected during involuntary resettlement of individuals and community members:

Land Investments on the land such as building structures Crop gardens, beehives etc.

Horticultural, floricultural and fruit trees Scared sites such as graves and graveyards, shrines etc. Places of worship and sanctuaries Relocation caused as a result of separation from access to income generation by a

development in a community e.g. a road may separate a family from access to its garden

Process of Compensation for Involuntary Resettlement

The person or entity that is proposing a development that will impact on the individual or community shall meet the costs of the involuntary resettlement. This may be a Local Council (village, Parish) in the area of jurisdiction or a Local Government (Sub County, District Municipality, Town Council).

In all cases requiring compensation the Local Government of the area shall establish a committee to handle the compensation for the involuntary resettlement. The compensation shall be determine bearing in mind the estimated loss that the individual or community may incur as a result of the resettlement. This may include the cost of relocation, disturbance and where necessary reconstruction of the infrastructure in question. The estimates should be made in line with the prevailing market rates. All relocates shall be given ample time to relocate their services or homes as the case may be.

The processing of funds for compensation shall be computed in line with the provisions of the LG Financial and Accounting Regulations. All the processes for the compensation should be well documented and preserved by the LG for future reference. The documents should clearly indicate what is being compensated for and how much. The affected individual or community should be made to clearly understand all the processes involved in the compensation exercise.

3.0 GLOSSARY OF SOME TERMS USED IN THE CHECKLIST

Anaerobic: Not having oxygen

Biodiversity: The variety among living things from all sources, including land and water, and the ecosystems of which they are part. These include variety within species, between species, and of ecosystems. Diversity is the key to ensuring the continuance of life on Earth. It is also a fundamental requirement for adaptation and survival and continued evolution of species.

Catchment: The area drained by a stream, lake or other body of water. Frequently used to refer to areas which feed into dams. May also refer to areas served by a sewerage or storm water system.

Conservation: Looking after and managing a resource such as soil, water or wetland so that it remains able to fulfil its functions and provide benefits for present and future generations.

Ecosystem: Systems of plants, animals, and micro organisms, together with the non-living component and related ecological processes, and humans.

Groundwater: Sub-surface (underground) water or water stored in pores, cracks, and crevices in the ground below the water table.

Habitat: The place where a plant or animal species naturally lives and grows; or characteristics of the soil, water, and biologic community (other plants and animals) that make this possible

Infrastructure: Physical structures that form the foundation for development. Infrastructure includes: wastewater and water works, electric power, communications, transit and transportation facilities and oil pipelines and associated facilities.

Leachate: A liquid that results from water collecting contaminants as it trickles through wastes, agricultural pesticides, or fertilizers and may result in hazardous substances entering surface water, groundwater, or soil.

Sedimentation: The process of suspended solid particles settling (going to the bottom of) at the bottom of a vessel or basin

Siltation: Build up of fine soil particles. This usually occurs in wetlands or surface water bodies due to soil erosion upstream.

Surface Water:  All water open to the atmosphere (e.g., rivers, lakes, reservoirs, streams, impoundments, seas, estuaries) and all springs, wells, or other collectors that are directly influenced by surface water.

Wetlands: Lands which are between dry land and water systems, where the water table is near or at the surface, or covered by shallow water (less than 6 metres deep) seasonally or permanently. They contain plants and animals specially adapted to these waterlogged conditions.

Invasive: Tending to intrude or encroach on something.

Mitigation: To moderate (a quality or condition) in force or intensity; alleviate.

Aesthetics: An artistically beautiful or pleasing appearance

Silting: To fill, cover, or obstruct with silt: A sedimentary material consisting of very fine particles intermediate in size between sand and clay.

Wellhead: The structure built over a well.

Vectors: An organism, such as a mosquito or tick, that carries disease-causing micro-organisms from one host to another.

Defecate: To pass out faeces

Stabilize: To make stable or steadfast.

Susceptible: Easily influenced or affected

Borrow pits: An unconsolidated mixture of rock fragments or pebbles

Gravelling: To apply a surface of rock fragments or pebbles to.

Ponding: Forming a still body of water much smaller than a lake.

Toxicity: The quality or condition of being toxic: Capable of causing injury or death, especially by chemical means; poisonous

Aquatic: Consisting of, relating to, or being in water

Aquaculture: The science, art, and business of cultivating marine or freshwater food fish under controlled conditions.

Bilharzia: An infection with a parasite of the genus Schistosoma found in water snails; symptoms depend on the part of the body infected.

Sludge; Semisolid material such as the type precipitated by sewage treatment. Mud, mire, or ooze covering the ground or forming a deposit, as on a riverbed

Odour: Bad smell.

Impervious: Incapable of being penetrated or affected by water.

Vermin: Various small animals or insects, such as rats or cockroaches, that are destructive, annoying, or injurious to health.

Litter: Carelessly discarded refuse, such as wastepaper

Effluent: An outflow from a sewer or sewage system or water body.

Stock: A supply accumulated for future use.

Acaricides: a chemical agent used to kill pests e.g. ticks, mites; usually used on cows

Soil bund: Soil embankment

Muster rolls: An inventory or list of names of people employed to do an activity e.g. slashing

Percolate: To cause (liquid, for example) to pass through a porous substance or small holes; filter.

Out falls: The place where a sewer, drain, or stream discharges.

Embankment: A mound of earth or stone built to hold backwater or to support a roadway

Camber: A slightly curved/arched surface of a road

Dyke: An embankment of earth and rock built to prevent floods.

Lagoon: A shallow body of liquid waste material.

Skip/ bunker: A container usually concrete or metallic where rubbish/waste is disposed.

Aquifer: An underground bed or layer of earth, gravel, or porous stone that contains water.

Leachate: a product or solution formed by contaminants picked up through the soil.

Scenic view: beautiful view

Catchment: a structure in which water is collected, especially rain water

Standpost/ Water tap: a fixture for drawing water from a pipe

ANNEX III: Environmental Guidelines for construction contractors

General: Applicability of These Environmental Guidelines and ESMP1. These general environmental guidelines apply to any work to be undertaken under the LGMSD Project. For certain work sites entailing specific environmental and/or social issues, a specific Environmental and Social Impact Assessment, including an Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP), shall be prepared to address the above-mentioned specific issues in addition to these general environmental guidelines. In addition to these general Environmental Guidelines, the Contractor shall therefore comply with any specific ESMP for the works he is responsible for. The Contractor shall after being informed by the LGI, here-in referred to as the Client about such an ESMP for certain work sites, prepare his work strategy and plan to fully take into account relevant provisions of that ESMP. If the Contractor fails to implement the approved ESMP as embodied in the contract documents and/or after written instructions by the LGI’s designated works supervisor, the DEO/MEO to fulfill his obligation within the requested time, the LGI/Client reserves the right to arrange for execution of the missing action by a third party on account of the Contractor.

2. Notwithstanding the Contractor’s obligation under the above clause, the Contractor shall implement all measures necessary to avoid undesirable adverse environmental and social impacts wherever possible, restore work sites to acceptable standards, and abide by any environmental performance requirements specified in an ESMP where such an ESMP applies.

3. These Environmental Guidelines, as well as any specific ESMP, apply to the Contractor. They also apply to any sub-contractors present on Project work sites at the request of the Contractor with permission from the Client.

General Environmental Protection Measures4. In general, environmental protection measures to be taken at any work site shall include but not be limited to:

(a) Minimize the effect of dust on the environment resulting from earth mixing sites, vibrating equipment, construction related traffic on temporary or existing access roads, etc. to ensure safety, health and the protection of workers and communities living in the vicinity of work sites and access roads.

(b) Ensure that noise levels emanating from machinery, vehicles and noisy construction activities (e.g. excavation, blasting) comply with Ethiopian standards and are generally kept at a minimum for the safety, health and protection of workers within the vicinity of high noise levels and nearby communities.

(c) Ensure that existing water flow regimes in rivers, streams and other natural or irrigation channels are maintained and/or re-established where they are disrupted due to works being carried out.

(d) Prevent any construction-generated substance, including bitumen, oils, lubricants and waste water used or produced during the execution of works, from entering into rivers, streams, irrigation channels and other natural water bodies/reservoirs.

(e) Avoid or minimize the occurrence of standing water in holes, trenches, borrow areas, etc…

(f) Prevent and minimize the impacts of quarrying, earth borrowing, piling and building of temporary construction camps and access roads on the biophysical environment including protected areas and arable lands; local communities and their settlements. Restore/rehabilitate all sites to acceptable standards.

(g) Upon discovery of graves, cemeteries, cultural sites of any kind, including ancient heritage, relics or anything that might or believed to be of archeological or historical importance during the execution of works, immediately report such findings to the Client so that the Ministry in charge of Culture may be expeditiously contacted for fulfillment of the measures aimed at protecting such historical or archaeological resources.

In the event that the Contractor encounters chance finds during construction and/or rehabilitation activities, he will contact the appropriate LGI overseeing the sub-project with the view to passing on this information to:

the entity resposible for Culture and Tourism and the Authority of Research and Conservation of Cultural Heritage.

(h) Prohibit construction workers from engaging in the exploitation of natural resources such as hunting, fishing, and collection of forest products or any other activity that might have a negative impact on the social and economic welfare of the local communities. Prohibit explicitly the transport of any bush meat in Contractor’s vehicles.

(i) Prohibit the transport of firearms in Project-related vehicles.

(j) Prohibit the transport of third parties in Project-related vehicles.

(k) Implement soil erosion control measures in order to avoid surface run off and prevent siltation, etc.

(l) Ensure that garbage, sanitation and drinking water facilities are provided in construction workers camps.

(m) Ensure that, in as much as possible, local materials are used to avoid importation of foreign material and long distance transportation.

(n) Ensure public safety, and meet Ugandan traffic safety requirements for the execution of works to avoid accidents.

(o) Ensure that any trench, pit, excavation, hole or other hazardous feature is appropriately demarcated and signposted to prevent third-party intrusion and any safety hazard to third parties.

(p) Comply with Ugandan speed limits, and any other traffic restrictions related with construction activities at LGMSD Project sites.

(q) Ensure that, where unskilled daily-hired workforce is necessary, such workers are hired from neighboring communities.

(r) Generally comply with any requirements of Ugandan law and regulations.

5. Besides the regular inspection of the sites by the supervisor appointed by the Client for adherence to the Contract conditions and specifications, the Client may appoint an environmental inspector to oversee the compliance with these environmental conditions and any proposed mitigation measures. District or Municipal Environmental Officers may carry out similar inspection duties. In all cases, as directed by the Client’s supervisor, the Contractor shall comply with directives from such inspectors.

Drilling6. The Contractor will make sure that any drilling fluid, drilling mud, mud additives, and any other chemicals used for drilling at any LGMSD Project construction site complies with Ugandan health and safety requirements. In general, only bio-degradable materials will be used. The Contractor may be required to provide the detailed description of the materials he intends to use for review and approval by the Client. Where chemicals are used, general prescriptions of the World Bank’s safeguard policy OP 4.09 “Pest Management” shall be complied with.

7. Drilling fluids will be recycled or disposed of in compliance with Ugandan regulations in an authorized disposal site. If drilling fluids cannot be disposed of in a practical manner, and if land is available near the drilling site that is free of any usage rights, the Contractor may be authorized to dispose of drilling fluids near the drilling site. In this case, the Contractor will be required to provide to the Client due evidence of their total absence of potential environmental impacts, such as leachate tests certified by an agreed laboratory. In this case, drilling fluids will be dried at site, mixed with earth and spread at site.

8. Any site affected by drilling work will be restored to its initial condition. This applies to drilling pads, access roads, staging areas, etc… Topsoil will be stripped ahead of any earthmoving, stored near the construction site, and replaced in its original location after the recontouring of the area affected by the works.

9. Where successive aquifers are intersected by the drilling works, and upon order by the work supervisor, the Contractor may be required to take measures to isolate aquifers from contamination by each other.

10. The Contractor will take all measures to avoid bacteriological or chemical contamination of the intersected aquifers by the drilling equipment. Similarly, the Contractor will take all measures to avoid bacteriological or chemical contamination of the intersected aquifers from the surface by providing an adequately sealed well-head.

11. When greasing drilling equipment, the Contractor will avoid any soil contamination. In the event of a limited hydrocarbon spill, the Contractor will recover spilled hydrocarbons and contaminated soils in sealed drums and dispose of them in an authorized waste management facility.

12. Unless duly requested by the Contractor and authorized by the supervisor, no servicing of drilling equipment or vehicles is permitted at the drilling site.

Pipelines13. No trench shall be left open for more than 7 days, unless duly authorized by the supervisor upon Contractor’s request. Trenches and other excavation works shall be demarcated and/or signposted to avoid third party intrusion.

14. General conditions related with topsoil stripping, storage and restoration apply.

15. The Contractor will take measures to dispose of water used for pressure tests in a manner that does not affect neighboring settlements.

Waste Management16. All drums, containers, bags, etc. containing oil/fuel/surfacing materials and other hazardous chemicals shall be stored at construction sites on a sealed and/or bonded area in order to contain potential spillage. All waste containers, litter and any other waste generated during the construction shall be collected and disposed off at designated disposal sites in line with applicable Ugandan government waste management regulations.

17. All drainage and effluent from storage areas, workshops, housing quarters and generally from camp sites shall be captured and treated before being discharged into the drainage system in line with applicable government water pollution control regulations.

18. Used oil from maintenance shall be collected, properly stored in sealed containers, and either disposed of appropriately at designated sites or be re-cycled.

19. Entry of runoff into construction sites, staging areas, camp sites, shall be restricted by constructing diversion channels or holding structures such as berms, drains, dams, etc. to reduce the potential of soil erosion and water pollution.

20. Construction waste shall not be left in stockpiles along the road, but removed and reused or disposed of on a daily basis.

21. Where temporary dump sites for clean excavated material are necessary, they shall be located in areas, approved by the Client’s supervisor, where they will not result in supplemental erosion. Any compensation related with the use of such sites shall be settled prior to their use.

22. Areas for temporary storage of hazardous materials such as contaminated liquid and solid materials shall be approved by the supervisor and appropriate local and/or relevant national or local authorities before the commencement of work. Disposal of such waste shall be in existing, approved sites.

Quarries and Borrow Areas23. The Contractor shall obtain appropriate licenses/permits from relevant authorities to operate quarries or borrow areas. The location of quarries and borrow areas shall be subject to review and approval by relevant local and national authorities.

24. New extraction sites:

a) Shall not be located less than 1km from settlement areas, archaeological areas, cultural sites – including churches and cemeteries, wetlands or any other valued ecosystem component, or on high or steep ground.

b) Shall not be located in water bodies, or adjacent to them, as well as to springs, wells, well fields.

c) Shall not be located in or near forest reserves, natural habitats or national parks.

d) Shall be designed and operated in the perspective of an easy and effective rehabilitation. Areas with minimal vegetation cover such as flat and bare ground, or areas covered with grass only or covered with shrubs less than 1.5m in height, are preferred.

e) Shall have clearly demarcated and marked boundaries to minimize vegetation clearing and safety hazards for third parties.

25. Vegetation clearing shall be restricted to the area required for safe operation of construction work. Vegetation clearing shall not be done more than two months in advance of operations.

26. Stockpile areas shall be located in areas where trees or other natural obstacles can act as buffers to prevent dust pollution, and generally at a distance from human settlements. Wind shall be taken into consideration when siting stockpile areas. Perimeter drains shall be built around stockpile areas.

27. The Contractor shall deposit any excess material in accordance with the principles of these guidelines, and any applicable ESMP, in areas approved by local authorities and/or the supervisor.

Rehabilitation of Work and Camp Sites28. Topsoil shall be stripped, removed and stored for subsequent rehabilitation. Soils shall not be stripped when they are wet. Topsoil shall not be stored in large or high heaps. Low mounds of no more than 1 to 2m high are recommended.

29. Generally, rehabilitation of work and camp sites shall follow the following principles:

To the extent practicable, reinstate natural drainage patterns where they have been altered or impaired.

Remove toxic materials and dispose of them in designated sites. Backfill excavated areas with soils or overburden that is free of foreign material that could pollute groundwater and soil.

Ensure reshaped land is formed so as to be stable, adequately drained and suitable for the desired long-term land use, and allow natural regeneration of vegetation.

Minimize erosion by wind and water both during and after the process of reinstatement.

Compacted surfaces shall be deep ripped to relieve compaction unless subsurface conditions dictate otherwise.

Management of Water Needed for Construction Purposes30. The Contractor shall at all costs avoid conflicting with water needs of local communities. To this effect, any temporary water abstraction for construction needs from either ground or surface water shall be submitted to the following community consultation process:

Identification of water uses that may be affected by the planned water abstraction,Consultation with all identified groups of users about the planned water abstraction,In the event that a potential conflict is identified, report to the supervising authority.

This consultation process shall be documented by the Contractor (minutes of meeting) for review and eventual authorization of the water withdrawal by the Client’s supervisor.

31. Abstraction of both surface and underground water shall only be done with the consultation of the local community as mentioned and after obtaining a permit from the relevant authority.

32. Abstraction of water from wetlands is prohibited.

33. Temporary damming of streams and rivers shall be subject to approval by the appropriate water regulatory authority. It shall be done in such a way as to avoid disrupting water supplies to communities downstream, and to maintain the ecological balance of the river system.

34. No construction water containing spoils or site effluent, especially cement and oil, shall be allowed to flow into natural water drainage courses. Similarly, wash water from washing out of equipment shall not be discharged into water courses or road drains. Washing bays shall be sited accordingly. Unless site conditions are not favorable, it should be filtered through soakaways/ pits or similar filtering medium.

35. Site spoils and temporary stockpiles shall be located away from the drainage system, and surface run off shall be directed away from stockpiles to prevent erosion and pollution.

Traffic Management and Community Safety36. Location of temporary access roads shall be done in consultation with the local community and based on the screening results, especially in important or sensitive environments. Temporary access roads shall not traverse wetland areas or other ecologically sensitive areas. The construction of any access roads shall be submitted to a prior consultation process with potentially affected communities that will have to be documented (minutes of meetings) for review and approval by the appropriate LG entity.

37. Upon the completion of civil works, all temporary access roads shall be ripped and rehabilitated.

38. Measures shall be taken to suppress dust emissions generated by Project traffic.

39. Maximum speed limits for any traffic related with construction at LGMSD Project sites shall conform to Ugandan regulations or any others put in place for the purposes of execution of works in a safe environment.

Salvaging and Disposal of Obsolete Components Found by Rehabilitation Works40. Obsolete materials and construction elements such as electro-mechanical equipment, pipes, accessories and demolished structures shall be salvaged and disposed of in a manner approved by the supervisor and in conformity with the disposal regulations in force. The Contractor wiill agree with the supervisor which elements are to be surrendered to the Client’s premises, which will be recycled or reused, and which will be disposed of through approved disposal processes or landfill sites.

41. Any asbestos cement material that might be uncovered when performing rehabilitation works will be considered as as hazardous material and disposed of at a designated facility.

Compensation of Damage to Property42. Compensation of land acquired permanently for Project purposes will be handled under Client responsibility based on the provisions of the RPF. However, in the event that the Contractor, deliberately or accidentally, damages property, he shall repair the property to the owner’s satisfaction and at his own cost. For each repair, the Contractor shall obtain from the owner/user a certificate that the damage has been made good satisfactorily in order to indemnify the Client from subsequent claims.

43. In any case where compensation for inconveniences, damage of crops etc. are claimed by the owner, the Client has to be informed by the Contractor through the supervisor.

Contractor’s Health, Safety and Environment Management Plan (HSE-MP)44. Within 6 weeks of signing the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare an HSE-MP to ensure the adequate management of the health, safety, environmental and social aspects of the works, including implementation of the requirements of these general conditions and any specific requirements of an ESMP for the works. The Contractor’s EHS-MP will serve two main purposes:

45. The Contractor’s HSE-MP shall provide at least:a description of procedures and methods for complying with these general environmental

management conditions, and any specific conditions specified in an ESMP;a description of specific mitigation measures that will be implemented in order to minimize

adverse impacts;a description of all planned monitoring activities and the reporting thereof; andthe internal organizational, management and reporting mechanisms put in place for such.

46. The Contractor’s HSE-MP will be reviewed and approved by the Client before start of the works. This review should demonstrate if the Contractor’s HSE-MP covers all of the identified impacts, and has defined appropriate measures to counteract any potential impacts.

HSE Reporting47. The Contractor shall prepare bi-monthly progress reports to the Client on compliance with these general conditions, the sub-project ESMP if any, and his own HSE-MP. The Contractor’s reports will include information on:

HSE management actions/measures taken, including approvals sought from local or national authorities;

Problems encountered in relation to HSE aspects (incidents, including delays, cost consequences, etc. as a result thereof);

Non-compliance with contract requirements on the part of the Contractor;Changes of assumptions, conditions, measures, designs and actual works in relation to HSE

aspects; andObservations, concerns raised and/or decisions taken with regard to HSE management during site

meetings.

48. The reporting of any significant HSE incidents shall be done as soon as practicable. Such incident reporting shall therefore be done individually. The Contractor should keep his own records on health, safety and welfare of persons, and damage to property. It is advisable to include such records, as well as copies of incident reports, as appendixes to the bi-monthly reports. Details of HSE performance will be reported to the Client.

Training of Contractor’s Personnel49. The Contractor shall provide sufficient training to it’s own personnel to ensure that they are all aware of the relevant aspects of these general conditions, any project ESMP, and it’s own HSE-MP, and are able to fulfill their expected roles and functions. Specific training will be provided to those employees that have particular responsibilities associated with the implementation of the HSE-MP. Training activities will be documented for potential review by the Client.

50. Amongst other issues, training will include an awareness session for all employees on HIV-AIDS addressing the following topics:

What is HIV/AIDS?How is HIV/AIDS contracted?HIV/AIDS prevention.

ANNEX IV: Summary of the World Bank Operarational Policies

OP 4.01 Environmental assessment

The objective of the policy is to ensure the projects financed by the Bank are sound and sustainable, and decision making be improved through an appropriate analysis of actions and of their potential environmental impacts. This policy is triggered if a project is likely to have environmental risks and impacts (adverse) on its area of influence. OP 4.01 covers the environmental impacts (nature air, water and land); human health and security; physical cultural resources; as well as trans-boundary and global environmental problems.

Depending on the project, and nature of impacts a range of instruments can be used: EIA, environmental audit, hazard or risk assessment and environmental management plan (EMP).When a project is likely to have sectoral or regional impacts, sectoral or regional EA is required. The project has prepared an ESMF to assess and mitigate potential adverse environmental and social impacts of sub-projects.

OP 4.04 Natural Habitats

This policy recognizes that the conservation of natural habitats is essential for long-term sustainable development. The Bank, therefore, supports the protection, maintenance, and rehabilitation of natural habitats in its project financing, as well as policy dialogue and analytical work. The Bank supports, and expects the Borrowers to apply, a precautionary approach to natural resource management to ensure opportunities for environmentally sustainable development.

This policy is triggered by any type of project (including any sub-project under sectoral investment regime or intermediary funding) that have the potential to cause some important conversion (loss) or degradation of natural habitats, whether directly (by the construction) or indirectly (by human activities triggered by the project).

In the LGMSDP ctivities that could have adverse impacts on natural habitats will not be funded.

OP 4.36 Forests The objective of this policy is to help borrowers exploit the potential of forests in order to curb poverty in a sustainable manner, efficiently integrate forests in sustainable economic development and protect vital local and global environmental services and forest values. Where forest restoration and plantations are needed inorder to achieve these objectives, the Bank helps borrowers in forest restoration activities in order to maintain or develop biodiversity and the operation of ecosystems. The Bank helpsborrowers in the ceation of forest plantations appropriate from the environmental viewpoint and socially beneficial and economically sound in order to help meet the growing forests’ needs and services

This policy is triggered each time an investment project financed by the Bank: (i) has the potential to cause health impacts and the quality of forests or the rights and the well being of the people and their dependency level with the interaction with forests; or (ii) aims at bringing some change in the uses of natural forests or plantations.

LGMSD activities that will adversely affect the quality of the forests or bring in some change in the management will not be financed.

OP 4.09 Pest The objective of this policy is to The policy is triggered if procurement of

Management promote the use of biological or environmental control methods and reduce reliance on synthetic chemical pesticides. In Bank-financed agricultural operations, pest populations are normally controlled through Integrated Pest Management (IPM) approaches. In Bank-financed public health projects, the Bank supports controlling pests primarily through environmental methods. The policy further ensures that health and environmental hazards associated with pesticides are minimized. The procurement of pesticides in a Bank-financed project is contingent on an assessment of the nature and degree of associated risk, taking into account the proposed use and the intended user.

pesticides is envisaged (either directly through the project or indirectly through on-lending); if the project may affect pest management in a way that harm could be done, even though the project is not envisaged to procure pesticides. This includes projects that may lead to substantially increased pesticide use and subsequent increase in health and environmental risks; and projects that may maintain or expand present pest management practices that are unsustainable.

The project will not fund any sub-projects that increase the use of pesticides.

OP 4.11 Cultural property

The objective of this policy is the help countries avoid or reduce the adverse impacts of development projects on physical cultural resources. In order to implement such policy, the word “physical cultural resources” means movable and unmovable objects, sites, structures, natural’s aspects of landscapes that have an importance form the archeological, paleontoligic, historic, architectural, religious, aesthetic or other. Physical cultural resources could be found in urban or rural areas, as well as both in the open air, under the ground and in the sea also.

This policy applies to all projects included in category A or B of the Environmental assessment scheduled in OP4.01.

LGMSDP activities that are likely to have adverse impacts on cultural property will not be financed.

OP 4.10 Indigenous populations

The objective of the policy is (i): ensure that the development process encourages full respect of dignity, human rights and cultural features of indigenous people; (ii) ensure they do not suffer from the detrimental effects during the development process; and ensure indigenous people reap economic and social advantages compatible with their culture.

The policy is triggered when the project affects indigenous people (with the characteristics described in OP 4.10) in the area covered by the project.

The project will not fund any activities that are likely to have negative impacts on indigenous peoples.

OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement

The objective of this policy is to avoid or minimize involuntary resettlement where feasible, exploring all viable alternative project designs. Furthermore, it intends to assist displaced persons in improving their former living standards; it encourages community participation in planning

This policy is triggered not only if physical relocation occurs, but also by any loss of land resulting in: relocation or loss of shelter; loss of assets or access to assets; loss of income sources or means of livelihood, whether or not the affected people must move to another location.

and implementing resettlement; and to provide assistance to affected people, regardless of the legality of title of land.

The project has prepared an RPF to be implemented in the event that a sub-project involves land acquisition.

OP 4.37 Dams security

The objectives of this policy are established as follows: For new dams, ensure the design and supervision are done by experienced and competent professionals; for existing ones, ensure that any dam that can influence the project performance is identified, an assessment of the dam security conducted, and the other required safety measures and corrective measures implemented.

The policy is triggered when the Bank finances (i) a project involving the building of a big dam (15 m of height or more) or a dam presenting great hazard; and (ii) a project depending on another existing dam. For small dams, general safety measures designed by qualified engineers are appropriate.

The project will not fund any dams.

OP 7.50 Projects implemented on international waterways

The objective of this policy is to operate in such a way as the projects financed by the Bank affecting the international watercourses do not affect: (i) the relationships between the Bank and her borrowers and between States (members or non members of the Bank); and (ii) the international watercourses are used and efficiently protected.

The policy applies to the following project types: (a) hydro electric, irrigation, flood control, drainage, water collection, industrial and other projects involving the use or potential pollution of international watercourses, and (b) detailed studies for project design under item (a) above quoted including those carried out by the Bank in her position of implementation agency or else.

This policy s triggered if (a) A river, a channel, lake or any other watercourse located between two states, or a river or a surface river discharging into a river located in one or two states, be they members of the World Bank or not (b) a river branch which is a component of a watercourse descried under item (a); recognized to be a necessary communication channel between the ocean and the other states, and any river discharging into these waters and (c) a bay, strait, or channel bound by two states or more or flowing in an unknown state.

The project will not affect international waters.

OP 7.60 Projects located in contentious zones

The objective of this policy is to operate in such a way that problems experienced by projects in contentious areas are tackled as early as possible so that: (a) the relationships between the Bank and member countries are not affected; (b) the relationships between the borrower and neighbors are not affected; and either the Bank or concerned countries do not suffer any damage because of this situation.

This policy is triggered if the project proposed is located in a «contentious area».

The project will not fund sub-projects in disputed areas.

ANNEX V: Sample EIA Terms of Reference

Introduction and Context

This part will be completed at time and will include necessary information related to the context and methodology to carry out the study.

Objectives of studyThis section will indicate (i) the objectives and the project activities; (ii) the activities that may cause environmental and social negative impacts and needing adequate mitigation measures.

Mission /Tasks The consultant should realize the following: Describe the biophysical characteristics of the environment where the project

activities will be realized; and underline the main constraints that need to be taken into account at the field preparation, during the implementation and exploitation/maintenance of equipments.

Assess the potential environmental and social impacts related to project activities and recommend adequate mitigation measures, including costs estimation.

Assess the need for solidand liquid waste management and suggest recommendation for their safe disposal, including safe disposal of asbestos,

Review alternative more cost-effective and environmentally and socially friendlier options for achieving the same objectives,

Review policy, legal and institutional framework, at national and international level, related to the environment and identify the constraints for best practices in management with appropriate recommendations for improvements,

Identify responsibilities and actors for the implementation of proposed mitigation measures,

Assess the capacity available to implement the proposed mitigation measures, and suggest recommendations in terms of training and capacity building and estimate their costs,

Develop an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project. The EMP should underline (i) the potential environmental and social impacts resulting from project activities (ii) the proposed mitigation measures; (iii) the institutional responsibilities for implementation; (iv) the monitoring indicators; (v) the institutional responsibilities for monitoring and implementation of mitigation measures; (vi) the costs of activities; and (vii) the implementation schedule,

Public consultations: The EIA results and the proposed mitigation measures will be discussed with populations,NGOs, local administration and other organisations impacted by the project activities. Recommendations from this public consultation will be include in the final EIA report.

Plan of the EIA Report - Cover page- Table of contents- List of acronyms- Executive summary

- Introduction- Description of project activities - Description of environment in the project area - Description of policy, legal and institutional framework- Description of methodology and techniques used in the assessment and analyses of

project impacts,- Description of environmental and social impacts of project activities,- Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project including the proposed

mitigation measures; the institutional responsibilities for implementation; the monitoring indicators; the institutional responsibilities for monitoring and implementation of mitigation; Summary table for EMP

- Recommendations- References- List of persons / institutions met

Qualification of the ConsultantThe Consultant will be agreed by the LGIs in consultation with NEMA.

Duration of Study The duration of study will be determined according to the type of activity.

Production of Final Report The consultant will produce the final report one (1) week after receiving comments from the LGI. Supervision of Study The consultancy will be supervised by the Environmental Focal Points and the NEMA

ANNEX VI: FORMAT FOR THE ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP) FOR THE SUB-PROJECTS FUNDED BY THE PROGRAM

Project Activities

Potential Impacts

Mitigation Measures

Responsibility for implementing Mitigation Measures

Responsibility for monitoring implementation of the mitigation measures

Time Horizons

Cost Estimates(US$)

Component-Construction of buildings

Soil erosion, loss of vegetation, soil and water pollution

Loss of land and/or livelihoods

Application of Environmental Guidelines for Contractors

Implementation of the RPF

Contractors

CAO/TC & District/MunicipalCommunity Development Officer (D/MCDO

District/Municipal Engineer & District/Municipal Environment OfficerD/M CDO

Ongoing

As required

Included in contracts

As per value of property and resettlement expenses

-Construction of Health Centers

Soil erosion, loss of vegetation, soil and water pollution

Generation of medical waste

Loss of land and/or livelihoods

Application of Environmental Guidelines for Contractors

Implementation of relevant sections of Medical Waste Plan

Implementation of the RPF

Contractors

District Medical Officer of Health & District/Municipal Environment OfficerD/MCDO

District Medical Officer of Health & District/Municipal Environment Officer - Do -

CAO/TC & D/MCDO

Ongoing

As required

As required

Included in contracts

Included in project costs

Allocations from LG local revenue

-Roads Soil erosion, loss of vegetation, soil and water pollution

Loss of land and/or livelihoods

Application of Environmental Guidelines for Contractors

Implementation of the RPF

Contractors

D/MCDO

District/Municipal Engineer & District/Municipal Environment OfficerD/MCDO

Ongoing

As required

Included in contracts

Alocations from LG local revenue

-Water Supply & Sanitation

Soil erosion, loss of vegetation, soil and

Application of Environmental Guidelines for Contractors

Contractors District Water Officer & District/Municipal Environment officer

Ongoing Included in contracts

water pollution

Loss of land and/or livelihoods

Increase in malaria and other water-borne diseases

Application of Environmental Guidelines for Rural Water Supply & Sanitation Sub-Projects

Implementation of the RPF

District Water Officer

D/MCDO

D/MCDO

As required

Component:Capacity Buidlingi)ENR management & mainstreaming in LGsii)ENR monitoring

US$8,584,800

ANNEX VII: The National Medical Waste Management Plan

Recommended Health Care Waste Management System

Brief Description of the Recommended System

The recommended waste management system should aim at:

Avoidance or minimization of secondary impacts from the disposal system Prevention of human access and scavenging activities Control of contamination of land, air or water Avoidance of disease vectors (insects, rodents etc.)

As described in the Inception Report /ref. 15/, the recommended Scenario 1 includes thefollowing ways of handling different types of health care waste:

Table 3.1: Recommended HCW Handling System

HealthCare waste category Handling systemPharmaceutical /Chemical waste + Genotoxic waste, heavy metals etc.

Collected from all HC’s; transported to one HCRW treatment facility at national level. The waste will be treated in a modern, sophisticated incineration facility.

Infectious waste, sharps Collection from all HC’s and treatment at brick incinerators at district / regional hospitals

Pathological waste All HC’s: Placenta pits for body parts etc.Burning of other pathological waste in brick incinerators at district and regional hospitals

General waste / Deactivated HCRW On-site burning/ burial or disposal at dump site/ landfill

Separation and intermediate storage of HCW:Appropriate waste containers and packaging material will be provided for all health centres. Proper source segregation and intermediate storage will be implemented at all health centres.

For the safe segregation and collection of the different waste, the following types of containers and packaging material are needed:

Sharps containers to be provided should be safe, secure containers with lids, with access for putting in the sharps, but stopping retrieval of the disposed waste. The containers should be disposed of together with the sharps.

The containers for the rest of HCW be reusable and have lockable leak proof lids with clear labelling areas. The containers should be supplied with plastic liners to make disposal of wastes safe for handlers.

A detailed description of containers and packaging material recommended for this purpose is attached as Appendix 1.

Transport and treatment:Infectious waste and sharps will be collected from all health centres and transported for treatment in brick incinerators at district level. Some pathological waste (placentas, body parts etc.) will be disposed off in placenta pits at individual health centres. Other pathological waste will be treated in brick incinerators at district level.

A central national treatment facility for pharmaceutical and other special HCRW will be established. This facility should have sufficient capacity to treat pharmaceutical waste from all of Uganda. Waste from all health centres nationwide will be collected at district level and from there transported to this treatment facility. The operation of the treatment and transport system will be organised and controlled directly by Ministry of Health or tendered out to a private operator/operators and controlled and regulated by MOH and NEMA.

Final Disposal:General waste similar to town council/municipal waste will be burned and/or buried within the premises of the health centres or transported for disposal at town council/municipal dumpsites/landfills.

Technical Requirements

Waste segregation and packaging

Segregation and packaging of health care waste generated from all the health care establishments in Uganda should be preferably be standardised and implemented as follows:

Table 3.2: Recommended colour-coding for health care waste (WHO)Type of waste Colour of container and

markingsType of container

Highly infectious waste Yellow, marked “HIGHLY INFECTIOUS”

Reusable plastic container lined with strong leak-proof plastic bag capable of being incinerated

Other infectious waste, pathological and anatomical waste

Yellow Reusable plastic container lined with strong leak-proof plastic bag capable of being incinerated

Sharps Yellow, marked “SHARPS” Puncture proof containerChemical and pharmaceutical waste

Brown Leak-proof bag or container

General health care waste Black Container lined with plastic bag

Waste packaging:Where treatment and disposal of HHCW will not take place on-site, packaging of the segregated wastes shall be implemented twice including primary packaging which takes place where waste is generated and secondary packaging which takes place at the storage

for transportation. Primary packaging of hazardous healthcare waste should be in leak-proof and disposable bags or containers, while secondary packaging should be in leak-proof solid containers for easy transport. Containers for sharps must be puncture-proof and should not be made of glass.

Examples on containers to be used are described in Appendix 1.

Collection, transport and storage of waste

Collection:Waste bags are tightly closed or sealed when they are about but not more than three-quarters full. The waste bags shall be collected daily (or as frequently as required) and transported to the designated storage site.

Sealed sharps containers should be placed in a labeled, yellow infectious health-care waste bag before removal from the hospital ward or department.

Storage:At all HC’s, a storage facility for waste should be suitably sited, lockable, hygienic and appropriately sign-posted to store the segregated HCW until the waste is picked up for treatment at the HC or for transport to another facility for external treatment.

Conceptual designs of storage facilities are attached in Appendix 2.

On-site transport:Each of the major HCs (e.g. district and regional hospitals) shall be equipped with one (or more as necessary) trolley or push-cart for on-site transport of the generated HCW. The trolleys or push-carts should be designed to prevent leakage, be easily cleaned and minimize manual handling, and have a solid base to contain spills.

Examples of feasible trolleys / pushcarts are shown in Appendix 3.

Off-site transport:For each district a special closed vehicle should be purchased for safe and separate transport of HCW for treatment. In general the waste should be packed in sealed bags or containers to prevent spilling during handling and transportation. The containers should be robust to with stand vibrations and changes in temperature during transportation. Examples of suitable vehicles for off-site transportation are shown in appendix 3.

Treatment of HCRW at a National Level Incineration Plant

HCRW generated at all HCs shall be treated and disposed of properly at appropriate facilities. Pharmaceutical / chemical waste and genotoxic waste, heavy metals etc. will be collected from all health centres and transported to one high standard treatment facility at national level. The arrangement of such incineration plant, including support facilities and infrastructure is described below. The overall layout and conceptual design of the central treatment facility is described in Appendix 5.

The following elements will be part of the incineration facility irrespective of the actual location.

Plot:Depending on the available land, the arrangement of the incineration facility may vary. However, a more or less square plot of 2,500 m2 (50 times 50 meter) is needed for the facility. The facility could preferably be located next to a large hospital (even within the premises of the hospital if there is sufficient land). Alternatively, the facility could be located next to a disposal area for final disposal of treatment residues. Both options or their combination would improve logistics and thereby save money.

The plot should be fenced by a min. 2 meter high fence, provided with a 5 meter wide gate.

The HCRW incineration plant:The incineration plant shall be tendered on the basis of the “Turnkey” principle, i.e. the Tender shall include all designs, services, materials, Contractor’s equipment and plant necessary for a successful completion and functioning of the works, whether or not such designs, services, materials, Contractor’s equipment and plant are specifically indicated in the specifications or on the incineration plant drawings. Due to the complexity of the incineration plants it is recommended that the contracts should be internationally tendered with a clause for joint venture or training of a Ugandan company.

The Turnkey Contractor shall be solely responsible for design, implementation and subsequent function of the project based on the performance specifications given in the tender documents.

The contract shall include the following:

The detailed design, manufacturing, transportation, installation, erection, completion, testing, commissioning and handing over of the incinerator plant including all electrical and mechanical installations.

Support to a Ugandan maintenance company for a period of 48 months after taking over.

A service visit 1 time each year in the defects liability period (2 years).

Further, an option to the contract shall include the following:

An operation and maintenance contract, according to which the Contractor is fully responsible for the proper operation and maintenance of the incineration plant for a period of 2 years. Within this period, the Contractor will - in parallel with the operation – train the staff of the Client in the proper operation and maintenance of the facility.

The above conditions will ensure that the plant is properly tested and fully operational before handover.

Draft specifications for the Incineration Plant to be included in the Tender Documents are attached in Appendix 6.

Building for the incineration plant:The building for the incineration plant must have an area of 10 x 20 meter. The one end must be provided with a 5 meter wide and 6 meter high steel gate. Walls will be brick walls provided with large ventilation openings below the roof. The roof will be made of corrugated steel plates on steel frames. The floor will be made of concrete and designed for heavy load. The floor must be provided with foundations for the incineration plant in accordance with the instructions of the incineration plant supplier.

Foundation for the chimney:Outside the one end of the incineration plant building, a concrete foundation for the chimney must be established in accordance with the instructions of the incineration plant supplier.

Additional service building:A 20 meter long and 5 meter wide service building will be established in connection with the one side of the building for the incineration plant. The service building will house a control room for the operation of the incineration plant and toilets and showers for the plant operators. Furthermore, the service building will include a room for a maintenance workshop and spare parts storage.

Administration building:A separate building will include an office for the plant manager and his assistant. Furthermore, this building will include a laboratory for sample taking and measurements of emissions etc. The building will include a toilet.

HCRW Storage:A 50 m2 separate building will be used as a buffer storage for HCRW received from various health centres throughout the country. The waste will be put here in adequate containers until it can be treated at the incineration plant. The building will be made of normal brickwork, supplied with large ventilation grids below the roof. The roof will be made of corrugated steel plates. A 2-meter wide door for access of small containers etc will be included.

Washing area:A 5 x 5 meter reinforced concrete slab will be established in a corner of the pavement for washing of containers.

Guardhouse:A 10 m2 guardhouse will be established at the entrance to the facility. Each load of waste arriving at the facility will be checked at the entrance.

Internal roads and squares:The internal roads and squares connecting the individual buildings will be paved with asphalt, designed for heavy load. Furthermore, the car park in front of the administration building will be paved with asphalt.

External supply:

Water Supply

The Incineration Plant is assumed to be supplied with fresh water (drinking water quality) by extension of the piped water supply from the National Water and Sewerage Supply grid. Sewerage facilities will be provided and treatment for wastewater will be carried out at the landfill site

Electricity

Electricity for the Incineration Plant will be from the main grid.

Treatment of HCRW at Brick Incinerators at District level

Infectious waste and sharps and some pathological waste will be collected from all HC’s and transported for treatment at brick incinerators at Health Sub district and district / regional hospitals. The arrangement of such brick incineration plant, including support facilities and infrastructure is described below. The overall layout and design of such brick incineration facilities is described in Appendix 7.

The following elements will be part of the brick incineration facilities irrespective of their actual location.

Plot:Depending on the available land, the arrangement of the incineration facility may vary. However, a more or less square plot of approximately 1,000 m2 is needed for the facility. The facility could preferably be located near a large hospital. Alternatively, the facility could be located next to a disposal area for final disposal of treatment residues. Both options or their combination would improve logistics and thereby save money.

The plot should be fenced by a min. 2 meter high fence, provided with a 5 meter wide gate.

The brick incineration plants:The incineration plants for Regional and district hospitals shall be of the Model Incinerator developed by Ministry of Health (“Mubende” incinerator) and the Mark 3 – De Montfort type with a capacity to handle wastes of 50kg/hour approximately 100 tons per year. It is recommended that the two types be piloted fully integrated with the proper handling and segregation, proper procurement/construction of the incinerators and proper operation and maintenance. In line with the implementation strategy outlined in section 4 it is recommended that the “Mubende” incinerator is piloted in Masaka and Kabale district while the Mark 3 – De Montfort type is piloted in Arua and Mbale districts.

Draft tender documents for the brick incineration plants are attached in Appendix 8.

Roof covering the brick incinerators:The brick incinerators should be protected against the weather by a roof. A simple roof should be made of corrugated steel plates supported by 4 steel columns. The area of the roof should be at least 5 x 5 meter.

Service building:A 20 meter long and 5 meter wide service building will be established in connection with the one side of the building for the incineration plant. The service building will house a control room for the operation of the incineration plant and toilets and showers for the plant operators. Furthermore, the service building will include a room for a maintenance workshop and spare parts storage.

Office building:A separate building will include an office for the plant manager. Furthermore, this building should include a bathroom with toilet and shower.

HCRW Storage:A 20 m2 separate building will be used as a buffer storage for HCRW received from various health centres throughout the district. The waste will be put here in adequate containers until it can be treated at the brick incinerator. The building will be made of normal brickwork, supplied with large ventilation grids below the roof. The roof will be made of corrugated steel plates.

Washing area:A 5 x 5 meter reinforced concrete slab will be established in a corner of the pavement for washing of containers.

External supply:

Water Supply

Reliable water supplies are not available in some hospitals. In the case of incinerators installed at hospitals where the water supplies are inadequate provisions for water supplies have to be made. In cases where the incinerators are off the hospital sites special provisions for water supplies will be provided.

Electricity

In areas where the main grid is available the electricity extensions will be made for lighting around the incinerators. For areas without the main grid provisions for solar lighting will be made.

Final Disposal of Treatment Residues

Slags and other remains from the national level treatment facility and from the brick incinerators at district level should be disposed of in a controlled way at appropriate dumpsites / landfills. If no suitable disposal facilities are available, this waste may be buried within the premises of the treatment facilities.

Disposal site for national level incinerator:It is assumed that the disposal site would cover an area of approximately 1,200 m2 (30 x 40 meter). With an average depth of 3 m below surface, this will provide a total landfill volume in the order of 2,300 m3. Furthermore, it is assumed that the waste will be provided with a daily cover (10% of waste volume) and a final cover of 1 meter thickness. This leaves an effective volume for waste disposal of 1,300 m3, corresponding to more than 30 years disposal capacity.

The proposed general layout of the disposal site is shown in Appendix 9.

From the beginning of the operation, a limited part of the disposal area (e.g. 300 m2) will be excavated to a depth of approximately 3 meter below surface. Waste disposal can then start at one corner of this area. 50-100 cm thick layers of waste will be built in at the time. Each layer is to be provided with a daily cover of soil. When a total height of 2 meters has been reached, the waste will be covered finally by a 1 meter thick soil layer. Additional disposal area must be excavated in parallel with the infilling and final covering of waste.

A fence surrounding the whole landfill must be established in order to prevent access of unauthorised persons and uncontrolled unloading of waste. The fence should be at least 2 metres high and should be provided with a lockable gate at the entrance.

Treatment and disposal of other waste generated at health care facilities

Placenta pits already established at most HC’s may also be used in future for disposal of anatomical waste for practical and cultural/ religious reasons. In remote areas where health centers have no access to an incinerator these pits could also be used for the disposal of infections waste. Attention should be paid to the siting of the burial pit. The pit should be sited far away from the open water and burial pits should not be sited in areas with a high water table.

The pit should be 1 to 2m wide, 2 to 5 m deep. The bottom of the pit should be lined with clay or low permeable material. An earth mound should be constructed around the mouth to prevent water from entering. A fence should be constructed around the pit to prevent unauthorized entry. The waste should be covered at the end of the day with at least 10cm of soil or a mixture of lime and soil. The pit should be permanently sealed with a soil cover when the waste is with in about 0.5m of the ground surface.

General waste may be burned or buried within the premises of the health centres or it may be transported for controlled disposal at a controlled dumpsite / landfill if such facility exists in the area.

IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGYAssumptions

The following assumptions are recommended be made to ensure the sustainability of an improved HCWM system for Uganda:

1. The Government of Uganda is aware of the situation related to health care waste management in the country and therefore commits itself to support the Ministry of Health to set up and run a HCWM system.

2. The Government of Uganda is aware that the sustainability of a management can only be guaranteed when sufficient budget is allocated for running it. In the case of the improved HCWM system, the Government is well aware of and will cover the costs for running the system through the operational budgets of the health sector.

3. The Ministry of Health commits itself to provide the necessary resources and manpower to set up and start running an improved health care waste management system.

4. The district and regional hospitals will receive health care waste for incineration produced by other health centres (HC II - IV) within the district.

5. The health care staff of the district, being well aware of the situation related to health care waste management, commit themselves to take part in the newly set up HCWM system in order to improve the public health and the environment.

6. After an initial Pilot Phase, the initiated system will be assessed and evaluated, which will result in adjustments and corrective actions if needed.

Phased Implementation

General Phased Implementation Approach

It is recommended to implement the improved HCRW management system in accordance with a phased implementation plan. Firstly, the improved management system represents so many changes to the current practise that it is hard to imagine that such uniform, nationwide system can be implemented in one step in an optimal way. Both the technical solutions and the organisational arrangements will probably need revisions to a certain extent in order to be sustainable and meet the demands. This can only happen in an optimal way if revisions are based on valuable experience that has been gained from a pilot phase. Secondly, considerable costs are related to the establishment and operation of the improved system. Therefore, it is appropriate to level out the investments on a certain period of years and thereby also gradually increase the annual operation and maintenance costs.

The recommended overall timing of the implementation is summarised in Table 3.1. A more detailed implementation plan is shown in Appendix 11.

Table 3.1: Recommended Overall Phased Implementation ScheduleImplementation Stage Activity Time Schedule

Preparation Phase Detailed planning and tendering 2005/6Phase 1 –

Pilot implementationProcurement / construction period 2006Operation 2007 – 2010Revision of planned nationwide system 2009

Phase 2 –Nationwide implementation phase

Revised detailed planning and tendering 2009Procurement / construction period 2009 – 2012Operation From 2011

Phase 3 –Redesign and re-investment phase

Detailed planning and tendering 2012Procurement / construction period 2015 – 2017Operation From 2016

Note: Phase 3 is not covered by this project, but represents the recurrent revisions and re-investments to be made in future.

Implementation Activities

Many different activities are related to the successful implementation of the improved HCW management system in Uganda. These activities are briefly described in the following section.

For the timing of the individual activities, reference is made to the draft implementation plan in Appendix 11.

Table 3.2: Implementation ActivitiesNo. Activity

Detailed Planning and Tender Phase

0.1 Approval of implementation plan by all key stakeholders:When the Design Report and the Tender Documents have been prepared it is of great importance to have it approved by all relevant parties involved in the implementation. Workshops and individual meetings should be held with all involved institutions at national and local level. For the local level, it may be decided only to include stakeholders from the selected districts to be included in the pilot implementation phase.

0.2 Selection of sites for facilities:This includes the site for the national treatment (and disposal) facilities in the area/surroundings of Kampala. Also sites for district level treatment and disposal facilities must be located in each of the districts involved in the pilot implementation phase. A comprehensive site selection procedure including execution of EIA’s should be followed in order to ensure a proper site selection. Regarding the execution of this process, reference is made to the Draft Site Selection Guideline included in Appendix 10 to this report.

0.3 Review and update of Tender Documents:After the above consultation with all relevant parties and after execution of the site selection process, the Tender Documents must be reviewed and updated in order to address the findings from the above activities.

0.4 Tender and contracting period:Upon approval of the revised Tender Documents, the establishment of facilities and procurement of equipment included in the pilot implementation phase can be tendered. Open tenders will be held; bids will be evaluated; and contract negotiations will be held with contractors and suppliers.

Phase 1.1 – Pilot Implementation

1.1 Construction and procurement of facilities and equipment:Upon start of construction required equipment will be procured through open tendering.

1.2 Establishment of operation and monitoring organisations:Parallel to the construction the operating and monitoring organisation and where necessary the operational staff/private organisation recruited/procured.

1.3 Pilot operation of facilities and system:The contractors for the plant and equipment will during commissioning commence the pilot operation of the system as part of O-J-Training of staff/private operators in addition to testing the works.

1.4 Education and training of staff at all levels in operation of the system:The operational staff will receive the necessary training. The monitoring and supervision staff will receive O-J-T support through Consultancy TA.

No. Activity

1.5 Awareness raising activities in the pilot areas:Awareness raising among health care staff and public will be carried out through mass media campaigns, posters and other ICE media.

1.6 Assessment of results from pilot operation:A continuous assessment will be carried out. A mid term assessment will be carried out at the end of the first year of operation and adjustments made. A final evaluation will be made in 2006.

1.7 Revision / adjustment of proposed nationwide HCRW management system:Based on the results of the final evaluation a revised HCWM system will be designed.

1.8 Approval of revised nationwide HCRW management system:After approval of the revised HCWM system implementation of a nationwide system will commence.Phase 1.2 – Immediate nationwide Improvement Activities

1.9 Education and training of staff at all HC’s in proper HCW management:Training for staff for all HCs will commence with the carrying of Regional Training of Trainers who will in turn carry out the training in the regions for all staff. Training institutions will participate in the training and will be encouraged to include HCWM in the training of new health care cadres.

1.10 Implementation of containers for proper HCW segregation and handling at all HC’s:Containers for health care waste management will be procured and provided to all health centres nationwide and proper handling of wastes within health units promoted.

1.11 Awareness raising activities:Awareness raising activities through media and posters for the general public will be carried out.Phase 2 – Nationwide Implementation

2.1 Prepare updated tender documents:Upon approval of the revised HCWM system new tender documents will prepared.

2.2 Tender and contracting period:Procurement of services for HCWM will be carried out.

2.3 Construction and procurement of facilities and equipment:Parallel to procurement of service providers and construction of HCWM facilities, procurement of equipment will be carried out.

2.4 Establishment of operation and monitoring organisations:A nationwide operation and maintenance system will be established. Monitoring organisations will be set up to continuously oversee and ensure the proper operation of the system.

2.5 Operation of nationwide HCRW management system:Operation of a nationwide HCRW management system will be launched.

2.6 Initial education and training of staff at all levels:Education and training of all staff will commence with the refresher training of training of trainers who in turn will carry out the training of all the staff.

2.7 Awareness raising activities:Continuous awareness training of general public and of health care staff will be carried out.

2.8 Assessment of results from nationwide operation of the system:After one year of operation an assessment of the system will be carried out.

2.9 Agree on relevant adjustments / changes to nationwide HCRW management system:Based on the results of the assessments relevant adjustments to the system will be made.

2.10 Implement changes in parallel with re-investments to be made in facilities:Upon approval of the changes relevant changes including reinvestments in facilities will be made.

The Scale of the Pilot Implementation

All types of treatment and disposal facilities to be included in the nationwide HCW management system should be tested during the pilot phase in order to obtain experience on how the system and the facilities work at all levels, from the national treatment facility

down to the health centres at level II. Thus, a certain minimum scale of implementation is required in the pilot phase to make the system work and to gain the relevant experience.

In addition to the establishment of the national treatment facility, it is recommended to implement the HCW management system in the 4 districts included in the survey carried out during the inception phase of the project. These 4 districts (Arua, Masaka, Kabale and Mbale) are considered representative for all 56 districts in Uganda, apart from the capital - Kampala District.

As it appears from Table 3.3, the number of health centres and hospitals at the 4 districts correspond to 10% of the total number of health centres and hospitals in Uganda. This is considered a suitable scale for the pilot implementation.

Basically, the national treatment facility is supposed to treat pharmaceuticals and chemical wastes that cannot be treated at the district level facilities. However, the amounts of these waste types do not at all occupy the capacity of even the smallest high standard incineration plants available on the market. Anyway, there is a need for at least one national level treatment plant that is capable of treating pharmaceuticals and other health care risk waste. Therefore, in addition to treatment of these waste types, the national treatment plant can also be used for treatment of other types of health care waste generated at hospitals and health centres in the area of Kampala, where the plant is supposed to be located.

Table 3.3: No. of Health Facilities included in the 2 Implementation Phases /ref. 3/

Health FacilitiesPhase 1

Initial implementationPhase 2

Nationwide implementation

Total

AruaDistrict

Masaka DistrictKabale DistrictMbale DistrictSub-Total All other districts

Government owned

Hospitals 1 1 1 2 5 51 56HC IV 4 7 5 3 19 124 143HC III 21 11 11 18 61 589 650HC II 29 14 46 15 104 741 845

Sub-Total 55 33 63 38 189 1505 1694NGO

OwnedHospitals 2 3 0 0 5 37 42

HC IV 1 1 0 1 3 5 8HC III 7 4 4 6 21 126 147HC II 3 20 10 4 37 325 362

Sub-Total 13 28 14 11 66 493 559PrivateOwned

Hospitals 0 0 0 0 0 3 3HC IV 0 0 0 0 0 3 3HC III 0 0 0 0 0 12 12HC II 0 0 0 0 0 262 262

Sub-Total 0 0 0 0 0 280 280Total 68 61 77 49 255 2278 2533

On the basis of the figures from Table 3.3, the pilot implementation phase will include the following facilities and equipment:

1 national level treatment facility, including a sophisticated incineration plant 1 national level disposal facility for treatment residues

4 district level treatment facilities, including 4 brick incinerators 4 district level disposal facilities for treatment residues 255 HCW storage facilities at 10 hospitals and 245 HC’s (level II-IV). 1 vehicle for transport of HCRW from all health centres within each district 1 vehicle for transport of HCRW from the district stores to the national facility Medical wastes containers at all hospitals and health centres involved in the pilot

phase

As it appears from Table 3.1 and the draft implementation plan in Appendix 11, the nationwide implementation will not start before year 2008. In order to obtain visible nationwide improvements on the handling of HCW within short time, it is recommended to include some immediate nationwide improvement activities in the pilot phase, although they are not directly linked to the pilot activities. These immediate activities would include education and training of staff at all health facilities in proper sorting and handling of waste. Also public awareness campaigns could help to increase the understanding of the need for proper HCW management among patients and the general public.

These immediate improvement activities require procurement of containers and bags to be used for the internal sorting and handling of HCW at the health facilities all over the country. This equipment will be included in the budget for the pilot phase.

ORGANISATIONAL – INSTITUTIONAL SET-UPThe proper management of healthcare waste depends largely on good administration and organization, with clearly defined responsibilities. Healthcare providers have a “duty of care” for the environment and for public health, and have particular responsibility in relation to the waste they produce. It is important for all concerned to understand that health-care waste management is an integral part of health care, and that creating harm through inadequate waste management reduces the overall benefits of health care.

This principle would mean that the Ministry of Health should be responsible for, among other healthcare responsibilities, organizing a safe and environmentally sound management system for the healthcare waste generated by all hospitals and health centres in the country. The heads of health-care establishments are responsible for health protection and safety at the workplace and should bear legal responsibility for the safe disposal of health-care waste generated in their establishments.

For establishing and running a health care waste management system in the country, it is important that an organization structure be set up at three levels, i.e. at the National level, the District or Regional Level and at the health facility. In order not to establish parallel management structures, the management of the healthcare waste should be accommodated within existing management systems.

National LevelAt the national level it is important that all relevant stakeholders are represented in the management and monitoring of the national healthcare waste management plan. These will include Ministry of Health, as the major stakeholder, which will cooperate with other relevant ministries, the private sector, NGOs and professional organisations, as necessary, to ensure implementation of the action plan. For the implementation of the action plan a

National HCW Management or Steering Committee with representatives from relevant stakeholders should be formed.

The representation on the committee to include representatives from: Ministry of health NEMA NDA Ministry of Local Government Ministry of Finance Representative Districts

The National Healthcare Waste Management team will be responsible for the start up of the system, including creating awareness, and preparation of a National Action Plan. The national HCWM system should be viewed as a continuous process with periodic monitoring and review by the national HCWM team. The team should carry out audits on the waste management systems, and based on reports of success and deficiencies regularly update the HCWM system, to ensure occupational and public health, as well as cost effectiveness of waste disposal.

Organisation of the District HCW ManagementAt the district level, a Waste Management Team, WMT, should be organized to take care of the HCW management issues for the whole district. In order not to create new management structures at the district. The District Health Team, DHT, should take over the responsibilities of the proposed WMT. The DDHS should appoint one member of the DHT to be responsible for monitoring the HCWM system in the district, and report to the DHT.

The appointed officer will be responsible for enforcing HCWM regulations and guidelines put in place by the Ministry of Health, and working closely with the Waste Management Officers in the health sub-districts and hospitals to ensure the success of the HCWM system. It is important that the appointed officer works closely with the district environmental officer and the town council/municipal medical officer.

The District Health Team shall be responsible for the following tasks:

Preparation of HCWM plan for the whole district Seeking approval of the district local government of the prepared plan Implementation of the prepared plan Monitoring the plan implementation Review of the plan implementation Recommendation for improving the whole plan Preparation of periodic reports and reporting to District local Council

The position of the District Health Team in relation to other actors in the process of healthcare waste management is shown in Figure 1.

Organisation of the HCWM at the Health FacilitiesOrganisation of HCW Management Teams at Hospitals

The proper management of healthcare waste requires active participation by trained and informed staff. The success of any system will depend on the appreciation by hospital management for a proper healthcare waste management system. It is of importance that issues concerning healthcare waste management are discussed at a managerial level, and not left to the discretion of junior staff. The head of the hospital should appoint a waste management team, WMT, in order to develop a waste management plan for the hospital. Where they exist, the role of the WMT could be taken over by the infection control team. At some hospitals which were visited it was noted that the infection control was the responsibility of relatively junior members of staff who do not have the capacity to influence decision making in the hospital, therefore where existing infection control teams are to take over the responsibilities of the WMT, these need to be strengthened to include members of the hospital management team.

In addition to a waste management team, the head of the hospital should appoint a waste management officer, WMO, who will be responsible for the development of the HCWM plan in the hospital and for the day-to-day operation and monitoring of the waste management system. It is essential that the WMO has direct access to all members of the hospital staff and knows how the medical and support staff work in the hospital. The WMO ideally should be neither too senior nor too junior since he/she shall need to devote enough time to the waste management issues, and at the same time he/she shall need to have sufficient experience and influence to make any changes. Normally, at the hospitals the WMO can be the infection control officer.

At the hospital the WMT should comprise the following:

Management representative; Heads of hospital departments, including chief pharmacist; Matron (or senior nursing officer); Chief accountant; Head of housekeeping or cleaning services; and WMO

Organisation of HCW Management Teams at Health Centres (health sub-districts)

Health centres II and III are under the management of a sub-district, at HC IV. Although at each health centre there should be a member of staff responsible for the healthcare waste management, these should be under the management of a waste management team at the sub-district. In order to prepare a HCWM plan and to start running the management system, the head of each health sub-district should designate a waste management officer, WMO, with overall responsibility for the development of the HCWM plan in the sub-district, who in turn will appoint officers at the HC IIIs and HC IIs in the sub-district, who will be responsible for the operation and monitoring of the day-to-day operation of the HCWM system at each health centre. The WMO will be responsible for the monitoring of the waste management system in the sub-district and will also act as a focal point with regulatory authorities/agencies concerning enforcement and compliance issues. With the present staffing norms of the different health units in Uganda, the WMO in a sub-district can best be the public health nurse or a Clinical officer.

Organisation and Operation of the Central Health Care Risk Waste Management System

Under the recommended HCWM system, a national incinerator will be provided for the treatment of HCRW which can not be treated at the district incinerators. This will necessitate a nationally organized HCRW collection, storage and transportation system. The Central system should be under the management of Ministry of Health, which can privatize parts of the system, e.g. collection and running the treatment plant, but still retain the responsibility of ensuring the proper implementation of the system.

All HCRW should be collected from the public health centres and stored at the district storage, under the custody of the District Drug Inspector, from where it will be collected and transported to the central facility. The HCRW from hospitals will be collected from the respective hospitals. The privately or NGO operated health centres and pharmacies will be responsible for the transportation of their healthcare risk to the district storage facility, where they will have to pay the costs of destruction of their waste. The privately owned or NGO operated pharmacies and health centres in Kampala district, will be required to enter a service contract for the transportation and destruction of their HCRW at the national facility.

Due to the expected small amounts of HCRW, the national incinerator is expected to treat other HCW from surrounding hospitals and health centres. The collection of this HCW will have to be included in the HCWM system. Privately owned hospitals and health centres will be will be covered under the service contract.

Organisation and Operation of the District Health Care Waste Management System

With decentralization of services the district healthcare waste management system will be operated under the supervision of the district health care authorities, i.e. the DDHS. Since the District Healthcare Waste Management System, i.e. district incinerator, collection and disposal facility, will play a major role in the HCWM system it is important to assess the possible alternatives and make sound recommendations to the Ministry of Health, on the organization and operation of the district facilities.

Several alternatives can be proposed for the organization and operation of the District healthcare waste management system, which will consist of a brick incinerator and disposal site to be constructed at a selected site, waste storage and a dedicated waste collection vehicle.

Alternative 1: The District HCWM system operates under the waste management team, WMT, of the District Hospital. The organization structure of this alternative is shown in Figure 4.1.

This alternative would allow the WMT of the District Hospital to recruit direct labourers to work with the waste collection and treatment using the district incinerator installed at a selected site. The WMT of the District Hospital will collect waste treatment fees from other Public Health Centres including town/Municipal centres in the district and pay the contracted workers and other necessarily related costs. All privately or NGO operated centres will be required to pay for the proper disposal of their waste.

The advantage of this alternative is that the DHT does not need to devote much time to the waste treatment issue, but confine itself to monitoring the proper operation of the system.

However, there are also disadvantages of this option. The management will increase the workload on the hospital administration and the administration of the collected funds may be difficult under the present financial regulations.

Figure 4.1: Alternative 1 proposed for the organization structure and operation of the District HCWM system.

Alternative 2:The District HCWM system, the collection, treatment and disposal of the waste, will be part of, and operate under, the DDHS office under the management of the DHT. The organization structure of this alternative is shown in Figure 4.2.

With this alternative, DHT will directly supervise the collection of the waste as well as the operation of the treatment and disposal units. The DDHS, through the District Service Board can recruit a group of direct labourers to work at proposed treatment plant as well in the waste collection system. The DHT will also collect waste treatment fees from Privately and NGO operated health centres (indirectly through the help of the DDHS’s Accounting Division) that have waste collected and treated at the treatment site and pay the contracted workers and other necessarily related costs. The DHT can also privatise the running of part or all the HCWM system. If part or all the HCWM system is privatised the DHT retains the responsibility of ensuring the proper implementation of the system.

The advantages of this alternative are that the equity principle can easily be implemented and that the treatment process will easily be monitored. This alternative, however, does

Ministry of Health(Environment Department) National Drug

Authority

District Local Govt.

DDHS

District Health Team

Health Sub-district/ HC IV

HC II Private/NGO HC II & IIIs

District Hospital (WMT)

District Healthcare Waste Management System(Collection, treatment and Disposal)

Reporting Monitoring Management

NEMA

Municipal Health Officer

Municipal Health centresNGO & Private Hospitals

HC III

National HCWM Committee

also have some disadvantages. The DHT will have to devote more time to the waste treatment issue and the monitoring works might require DHT to have more professional staff.

Figure 4.2: Alternative 2 proposed for the organization structure and operation of the District HCWM system.

Although each of the proposed alternatives proposed for setting up and running a health care waste management system in districts has its own advantages and disadvantages as analysed above, it is recommended that alternative 1 be selected for the system. One of the main reasons for this recommendation is that this alternative would offer better coordination during the implementation of the system.

Costs and FINANCINGEstimated Establishment Costs

The Inception Report /15/ included a first estimate on implementation costs. A more precise estimate has been elaborated on the basis of the draft designs of the system elements (Appendix 1 – 6). Furthermore, the implementation costs are divided in costs related to the pilot implementation phase (Phase 1) and the costs for the further nationwide implementation (Phase 2). The estimated costs for establishment of the systems included in the 2 phases are presented in the two tables below.

Ministry of Health(Environment Department)

National Drug Authority

District Local Govt.

DDHS

District Health Team

Health Sub-district/ HC IV

HC IIPrivate/NGO HC II & IIIs

District Hospital (WMT)

District Healthcare Waste Management System(Collection, treatment and Disposal)

Reporting Monitoring Management

NEMA

Municipal Health Officer

Municipal Health centres

NGO & Private Hospitals

HC III

National HCWM Committee

Table 5.1: Phase 1 - Establishment Costs for Pilot ImplementationPos. No.

Item Unit costs (mill.

USHS)

No. of units

Total(mill. USHS)

1.1 1 Sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning at national level (Capacity: 80 kg/hour ~ 200 tons/year)

1,720 1 1,720

1.2 Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for national level incineration facility

500 1 500

1.3 Disposal area for incineration residues, National level

25 1 25

1.4 Brick incinerators (e.g. De Montfort), capacity: 50 kg/hour ~ 100 tons/year

12 4 48

1.5 Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for brick incinerators at 4 districts

75 4 300

1.6 Disposal areas for incineration residues, 4 districts

25 4 100

1.7 Vehicle for transport of HCRW from 4 district stores to the national facility (collection approx. 4 times per year) 1

56 1 56

1.8 Storage facility for HCRW at each HC (separate, locked storage room)

5 255 1,275

1.9 Vehicles for transport of HCRW from all health centres within each district (1 vehicle per district)

56 4 224

1.10 Medical wastes containers (nationwide)

217

Sub-total 4,465Contingencies (10%) 447

Phase 1 - Total estimated implementation costs: 4,912Notes: 1: In the pilot phase, the vehicle for collection of HCRW from the 4 districts can also be used

for collection of other HCW from health facilities in the Kampala area to be treated at the national facility.

Table 5.2: Phase 2 – Additional Establishment Costs for Nationwide ImplementationPos. No.

Item Unit costs (mill.

USHS)

No. of units

Total(mill. USHS)

2.1 1 Sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning at national level (Capacity: 80 kg/hour ~ 200 tons/year)

1,720 0 0

2.2 Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for national level incineration facility

500 0 0

2.3 Disposal area for incineration residues, National level

25 0 0

2.4 Brick incinerators (e.g. De Montfort), capacity: 50 kg/hour ~ 100 tons/year

12 52 624

2.5 Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for brick incinerators at district level

75 52 3,900

2.6 Disposal areas for incineration residues, District level

25 52 1,300

2.7 Additional vehicle for transport of HCRW from the 56 district stores to the national facility (collection approx. 4 times per year)

56 1 56

2.8 Storage facility for HCRW at each HC (separate, locked storage room)

5 2,278 11,390

2.9 Vehicles for transport of HCRW from all health centres within each district (1 vehicle per district)

56 52 2,912

2.10 Medical wastes containers 0Sub-total 20,182

Contingencies (10%) 2,018Phase 2 - Total estimated implementation costs: 22,200

Estimated Annual CostsThe Inception Report included a first estimate on total annual costs. A more precise estimate has

been elaborated on the basis of the draft designs of the system elements (Appendix 1 – 6). Furthermore, the annual costs are divided in costs related to the pilot implementation phase (Phase 1) and the costs for the further operation of the nationwide system (Phase 2). The estimated annual costs for operation of the systems included in the 2 phases are presented in the tables below.

Table 5.3: Phase 1 – Annual CostsPos. No.

Item Unit costs (USHS/year)

No. of units

Total(USHS/year)

1.1 1 sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning (treatment of approx. 200 tons/year) – Plant O&M costs

180,000,000 1 180,000,000

1.2 1 sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning – Capital costs (25% of investment per year)

430,000,000 1 430,000,000

1.3 Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for national level incineration facility – O&M costs

51,000,000 1 51,000,000

1.4 Disposal area for incineration residues, National level – O&M costs

3,500,000 1 3,500,000

1.5 Mark 3 – De Montfort brick incinerators at district level – O&M costs

2,500,000 4 10,000,000

1.6 Mark 3 – De Montfort brick incinerators at district level – Capital costs (25% of investment per year)

3,000,000 4 12,000,000

1.7 Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for district level incineration facilities – O&M costs

3,018,750 4 12,075,000

1.8 Disposal area for incineration residues, District level – O&M costs (as for Pos. 1.4)

3,500,000 4 14,000,000

1.9 Transport of HCRW from district stores to national facility (collection 4 times per year)

23,200,000 1 23,200,000

1.10 Operation and maintenance of storage rooms within each HC

100,000 255 25,500,000

1.11 Transport of HCRW from all health centres within each district (collection once per week) – Estimated 50% of Pos. 1.9

11,600,000 4 46,400,000

1.12 Containers + packaging materials, nationwide (10% of containers to be replaced annually sharps containers to be replenished 100%)

90,000,000

Sub-total: 897,675,000Contingencies (10%): 89,767,500

Total estimated annual O&M costs: 987,442,500Notes: Pos. 1.1: O&M cost estimated at the level of 900,00 USHS/ton (See inception report)

Pos. 1.2: Capital costs: 25% of investment per year:430,000,000 USHS/yearPos. 1.3: Maintenance: 5% of investment per year: 25,000,000 USHS/year

Salaries (10 workers): 26,000,000 USHS/yearEstimated total annual costs: 51,000,000 USHS/year

Pos. 1.4: O&M: 10% of investment per year: 2,500,000 USHS/yearSalaries (1 worker): 1,000,000 USHS/yearEstimated total annual costs: 3,500,000 USHS/year

Pos. 1.5: Estimated maintenance costs: 1,000,000 USHS/yearEstimated operation costs (fuel + salaries): 1,500,000 USHS/yearEstimated total annual O&M costs: 2,500,000 USHS/yearcorresponding to (if operated at max. capacity): 25,000 USHS/ton

Pos. 1.7: Maintenance: 5% of investment per year: 18,750 USHS/yearSalaries (3 workers): 3,000,000 USHS/yearEstimated total annual O&M costs: 3,018,750 USHS/year

Pos. 1.9: Capital costs: 25% of investment per year: 14,000,000 USHS/yearEstimated maintenance costs: 5,600,000 USHS/yearEstimated operation costs (fuel + salaries): 3,600,000 USHS/yearEstimated total costs per vehicle: 23,200,000 USHS/yearIn the Pilot Phase, the vehicle is also used for collection of other HCW from health facilities inthe area of Kampala

Table 5.4: Phase 2 – Additional Annual CostsPos. No.

Item Unit costs (USHS/year)

No. of units

Total(USHS/year)

1.1 1 sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning (treatment of approx. 200 tons/year) – Plant O&M costs

180,000,000 0 0

1.2 1 sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning – Capital costs (25% of investment per year)

430,000,000 0 0

1.3 Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for national level incineration facility – O&M costs

51,000,000 0 0

1.4 Disposal area for incineration residues, National level – O&M costs

3,500,000 0 0

1.5 Mark 3 – De Montfort brick incinerators at district level – O&M costs

2,500,000 52 130,000,000

1.6 Mark 3 – De Montfort brick incinerators at district level – Capital costs (25% of investment per year)

3,000,000 52 156,000,000

1.7 Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for district level incineration facilities – O&M costs

3,018,750 52 156,975,000

1.8 Disposal area for incineration residues, District level – O&M costs (as for Pos. 1.4)

3,500,000 52 182,000,000

1.9 Transport of HCRW from district stores to national facility (collection 4 times per year)

23,200,000 1 23,200,000

1.10 Operation and maintenance of storage rooms within each HC

100,000 2,278 227,800,000

1.11 Transport of HCRW from all health centres within each district (collection once per week) – Estimated 50% of Pos. 3

11,600,000 52 603,200,000

1.12 Containers + packaging materials, nationwide (10% of containers to be replaced annually sharps containers to be replenished 100%)

0

Sub-total: 1,479,175,000Contingencies (10%): 147,917,500

Total estimated annual O&M costs: 1,627,092,500Note: Unit costs: See Table 5.3

Annual Costs within a 12 Years Planning Period Phase 1 is assumed implemented in year 2005 and Phase 2 is assumed implemented over 3

years (2009, 2010 and 2011). Therefore, the total costs for establishment of the improved HCW management system will be divided several years.

It is assumed that treatment plants and other equipment (incinerators, vehicles, containers etc.) have an economical lifetime of 5 years. After 5 years of operation, re-investments must be made for these facilities and equipment. Buildings and other infrastructure are assumed to last for more than 10 years. Therefore, no re-investments are assumed for these facilities within a 12 years financial planning period (2005 – 2016).

A detailed budget for the entire 12 years planning period is presented in Appendix 12. This budget is based on the assumption that all establishment and O&M costs within the planning period will be covered by average annual fee rates to be paid by the users (health facilities). At the end of the planning period, the accumulated cash flow will be zero, reflecting that all costs within the period have been covered by the fees.

Financing AspectsThe Health Care system in Uganda is financed mainly by public means through central

government’s own resources, loans and donor contributions. Local governments’ contributions are very limited. Financing of the investments for improved HCRWM will be mainly through public financing directly through loans or through donor funding. For recurrent costs funds will be transferred to the health units and/or health subdistricts/hospitals and payments for operation/payment for HCRWM services directly i.e. for the use of the national facility.

The polluter-pays-principle will be used for the private clinics, implying they will need to pay the full costs. For this to be possible the private operated health units need to be forced to use the system, through regulation by MOH and NEMA.

Cost Recovery AspectsFinancing of the HCRWM is assumed to be through grants by central government, but a cost recovery scenario based on commercial interest rates is presented in appendix 12.3. The scenario presents the fees required for total cost recovery based on a commercial loan with interest of 15% and savings of 5%.

Annual BudgetsThe annual investment costs are presented in appendix 12.1 and summarised below.

Table 5.5 Initial Annual Investment and Reinvestment Costs (mill. USHS per year)

Year Initial Investments Reinvestments2004 550.0 -2005 5,461.5 -2006 330.0 -2007 660.0 -2008 660.0 -2009 7,991.5 -2010 7,434.9 2,472.82011 7,433.8 -2012 55.0 -2013 55.0 -2014 55.0 1,578.52015 55.0 3,769.72016 55.0 228.8

The Annual operation and maintenance costs are presented below.

Table 5.6 Annual Operation and Maintenance Costs (mill. USHS per year)

Year Phase 1 - Initial Implementation

Phase 2 -Nationwide

Implementation2004 - -2005 - -2006 501.2 -2007 501.2 -2008 501.2 -2009 501.2 -2010 501.2 485.12011 501.2 969.32012 501.2 1,455.52013 501.2 1,455.52014 501.2 1,455.52015 501.2 1,455.52016 501.2 1,455.5

EDUCATION AND TRAINING ASPECTSThe main areas of focus for education and training aspects (Human Resource Development) to overcome the present weaknesses and be able to improve HCRWM in Uganda with the proposed institutional changes include:

Development of guidelines for HCRWM, by level for dissemination and use by all health facilities. The guidelines will be prepared in the next stage of this study.

Contracts management: The proposal is to privatise some of the functions of operating the HCRWM system and this requires staff of Ministry of Health, District Directorates of Health, District and Regional Hospitals, Health Subdistricts and Health Units to be able to draw up contracts on HCRWM, tender and supervise the contractors. The private sector in Uganda is developing and also requires support in managing contracts (tendering, carrying out contracts etc).

Capital Investments Planning: The public and the private sector will require support in planning for future investments in HCRWM.

Information management: In order to improve on planning and supervision staff will be trained in monitoring and evaluation.

Environmental management: Health Care wastes have to be managed in an environmentally sustainable way and health care staff will receive training in environmental assessment and environmental management procedures.

The main strategy to be used for human resource development is on the job training. Other strategies will be seminars, workshops and short training courses and exchange visits. During the development of guidelines for HCRM a detailed task analysis and training needs analysis will be carried out and training programmes detailed.

Training will be carried by Trainers of Trainers (TOTs), who will be identified from health training institutions and among the core staff involved in HCRWM.

For a HCRWM system to be established and to succeed, the key factor is commitment from the Health Care authorities concerned as well as local authorities and communities using the services as well as those living in close proximity to the health care facilities and wastes disposal sites. This means that it can only be established where the local health authorities including statutory committees and local community has recognised the need for it, and is prepared to fully support it. Alongside the capacity building and training of wastes handlers and health care staff there will be a public awareness campaign on improved HCRWM using social marketing techniques through the media and other channels like posters.

It is assumed the Institutional Strengthening and human resource development will be carried out through Consultancy Technical Assistance support. Costs for technical assistance are included in appendix 12.

LIST OF REFERENCES/1/ Feasibility Study into the Disposal of Expired Drugs and Medical and other

Health Care Waste in Uganda, Carl Bro International a|s, May 1997.

/2/ Safe Management of Wastes From Health Care Activities, World Health Organisation, 1999.

/3/ Health Facilities Inventory, October 2002, Health Infrastructure Division, Ministry of Health, Uganda.

/4/ The National Drug Authority Statute, 1995

/5/ The National Environment Statute, 1995

/6/ National Health Policy of 1999

/7/ Public Health Act of 1964

/8/ National Environment management Policy of 1995

/9/ National Environment Action Plan of 1996

/10/ National Environment (Waste Management) Regulations, 1999

/11/ Local Government Act, 1997

/12/ Injection Safety Policy Development in Uganda, presentation by Lonna Shafritz etal, 2003

/13/ Environmental Audit Guidelines for Uganda, NEMA, 1999

/14/ Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment in Uganda, NEMA, 1997

/15/ Inception Report, Improvement of Health Care Waste Management in Uganda, Carl Bro International a/s, February 2004

/16/ Ridding the World of POPs: A guide to the Stockholm Convention on Persistant Organic Pollutants, UNEP, April 2005

/17/ Draft Guidelines for Solid Waste Management in Uganda, NEMA, undated

/18/ Technical Guidelines on the Environmentally Sound Management of Biomedical and Healthcare Wastes, Secretariat of Basel Convention, September 2003

/19/ Preparation of National Health-Care Waste management Plans in Sub-Saharan Countries, Guidance Manual, Secretariat of Basel Convention and World Health Organization

/20/ Basel Convention Technical Guidelines on Incineration on Land, UNEP, November 2002

ANNEX 8: ENVIRONMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR RURAL WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION PROJECTS

Checklist

To facilitate the screening process for environmental and social impacts as required by OP 4.01, as well as good environmental project design, the following points should be considered by the task teams:

Water allocation: It is important that the community or the water utility has the right to abstract the

required amount of water, which should be recognized in the overall planning and management of water resources. The amount may be small, but it is a priority and must be protected3.

Water quantity: To prevent water-washed diseases (scabies, body lice, tropical ulcers) and several eye

infections (trachoma, conjunctivitis) which tend to spread due to poor hygiene, water supply systems for a minimum level of service should be designed to deliver at least 20 liters per person per day (plus wastage) without excessive queuing4.

Water quality: Protection of ground water and surface water; Determine applicability of water quality standards: if national drinking water quality

policy is not available, use WHO drinking water quality standards; Ensure testing and treatment for parasites, hazardous chemicals, bacteria, viruses; Frequency and responsibility for water quality testing; Frequency and responsibility for treatment of water sources; Responsibility for monitoring and water quality control at the household level

(beneficiaries, water user associations) Responsibility for monitoring and water quality control at the district level/project

level (official authorities); Technical adequacy, quality and safety of bulk storage facilities; Technical adequacy, safety and protection of pumping facilities.

Source protection: Look at the natural and human activities that take place around the well or spring box; If a surface water source is used, there needs to be an understanding how these

activities affect the water quality at the point of withdrawal; Take steps to minimize the negative impacts of these activities, i.e. standing water

that could become a breeding site for vector (malaria); Consider methods such as pollution prevention or conservation and land use

management to prevent source contamination; Consider source protection activities such as waste reduction and recycling; Distance of a water supply system intake from potential sources of contamination

should be: (i) 50 m from latrines, cattle pens, refuse pits; (ii) 100 m from soak pits,

3 Department for International Development, Guidance Manual on Water Supply and Sanitation Programmes, 1998

4 Department for International Development, Guidance Manual on Water Supply and Sanitation Programmes, 1998

trenches and sub-surface sewage disposal; (iii) 150 from cesspools, sanitary land fill areas, and graves5;

Use of water has to take place downstream and at a distance from the water source; Effective design and construction of abstraction facilities.

Sanitation: Choice of appropriate facilities (latrines, septic tanks, pour-flush toilets) in

cooperation with communities; Ensure good design and construction of facilities; Consider availability of open space at the end of the latrines’ design life6; Consider long-term capacity of latrines to dispose of all household liquid wastes; Consider safe ground infiltration rates7; Consider reliability of latrine emptying service; Consider the availability of fresh water and toilets in schools; Consider the availability of fresh water and toilets at public facilities such as markets,

community centers, centers of worship; Consider potential wastewater issues and incorporate appropriate wastewater disposal

systems to prevent mosquito breeding and bad odors; Consider appropriate waste water collection/removal methods (i.e. the use of trucks,

carts); Identification of waste disposal sites (existing or new ones); Appropriate waste water management method (i.e. use of wetlands, ponds, treatment

facilities, out falls); Monitoring responsibility and control over waste water quality disposal standards; Keeping drainage channels free of weeds to avoid cracking of the channel walls; Keeping drainage channels free of debris and wastewater from households,

particularly detergents, and local industries.

Hygiene education programs to address: Health and hygiene measures for the protection of water supplies; Selection and design of sanitation facilities; Proper siting of facilities with respect to water supplies; Design of sanitation facilities with respect to operation and maintenance; Operation and maintenance of the water supply systems; Awareness raising concerning the connection between standing water pools and

health impacts due to associated mosquito breeding.

Water reuse:

5 Blankwaardt, Bob, “Hand drilled wells. A manual on siting, design, construction, and maintenance”, Rwegarulila Water Resources Institute, 1984 – Note: These criteria are partly based on the rate of movement of bacteria and viruses through soils and on their survival period. Although bacteria and viruses are largely retained by the first meter of soil around the sanitary and other installations listed, there have been actual recordings of them traveling the distances mentioned as a minimum. In cases of doubt, the responsible water or health authorities will have to decide whether an intake should be abandonned.

6 1-2 square meters for simple pit latrines; more than 12 square meters plus access space for twin pour-flush latrines

7 These range from 50 litres/m2/day for gravel/coarse and medium sand to 8 litres/m2/day for silty clay loam, and clay loam; clay is considered unsuitable for soak pits. Most soils will dispose of human wastes safely when water consumption levels are low. As water use rises, however, infiltration rates increase and many soils, particularly those with a high clay and silt content will block up.

As appropriate, consider technologies and management strategies designed to reuse waste water in rural agriculture which in turn can reduce environmental pollution;

Adopt standards for waste water reuse; As appropriate, consult EPA guidelines for reclaimed water treatment processes and

water quality limits for both, non-potable water and indirect potable reuse applications8.

Environmental monitoring indicators: Microbiological indicators such as E. coli, the single most important indicator of

faecal contamination of water by humans or animals. It can be tested in the field (using field test kits with portable incubators) or in the laboratory9;

Physical-chemical indicators such as flouride, nitrate/nitrite, pH, turbidity, chlorine residual;

If necessary, identify sources of secondary information that allows for the monitoring of health impacts (i.e. decline in the number of cases of diarrhea; increase in the number of latrines used);

Consult the publication “Environmental Performance Indicators” for guidance in the development of environmental monitoring indicators.

Community participation: Factors that seem to favor community management across organizational types include10:

Timely educational and training inputs; Building on the country’s social and cultural traditions; Continuity of staffing; Giving more attention to training in administration for projects that depend upon

community management; Systematic encouragement of inter-visitation between villages; The use of project champions; Providing organizations with computers; Associate local ownership of infrastructure with the stronger local organizations.

Safeguard policies: To identify the applicable safeguard policies, the following environmental and social aspects need to be considered:

Magnitude of construction; Location of the project: i.e. near protected areas, sensitive areas, etc.; Effects of water withdrawals on water availability (i.e. ground water); Effects on downstream activities; Effects on quality of water sources Need for land acquisition.

8 Crook, J. “Water reuse criteria”, Proceedings, Third NSF International Symposium and Technology Expo on Small Drinking Water and Wastewater Systems, April 22-25, 2001

9 U.S. Agency for International Development, “Water and Food Aid in Environmentally Sustainable Development”, An Environmental Study of Potable Water and Sanitation Activities within the Title II Program in Ethiopia, March 14, 2000

10 World Bank, “Rural Water Projects: Lessons from OED Evaluations”, Operations Evaluation Department, OED Working Paper Series, March 2000. Note: The evaluation report of rural water projects concluded, among other things, that Bank-financed interventions have to be carefully adapted to the social characteristics of each village served if project outcomes are to be improved.

Ministry of Water and Environment

Directorate of Water Development

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR

WATER AND SANITATION

MARCH 2007

(WATER AND SANITATION SECTOR DISTRICT IMPLEMENTATION MANUAL ANNEX 9.1)

The Republic of Uganda

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BACKGROUND................................................................................................................2

INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................2

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE......ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.

ISSUES TO NOTE...........................................ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.............................................ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.

1

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

BACKGROUND

The Rural Sub-sector study resulted into a 15-year Strategy and Investment Plan (SIP 15). According to this plan access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities would increase from 50% in 2000 to 77% in 2015. Based on the SIP15 a 5-year Operational Plan (OP5) for the Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Sub-sector was developed with the overall purpose of making the SIP15 operational.The OP5 is an action plan which aims at building the capacity of the sector and consolidating the institutional reform to ensure that the provision of water and sanitation facilities is done in a proper manner, is sustainable and equitably distributed. The OP5 refers to guidelines and standards on environmental protection.

INTRODUCTION

The increased pressure on land due to population growth, industrial development and poor land use practices are affecting the sustainability of water resources in terms of quantity and quality. The management of water catchment areas have direct and indirect impacts on the sustainability of watering points. The hydrological flow and water table stabilization calls for conservation of the watershed areas around watering points. Until recently in the implementation of water supply, too little attention has been given to water quality issues. The use of bad quality water is the reason for many waterborne diseases including diarrhoea, dysentery, gastro-enteritis, cholera, hepatitis and typhoid fever among others. The key objective of this template is to assist stakeholders monitor environmental and operation and maintenance issues of water points by identifying the major sources of pollution near the water point site and to propose a minimum distance and appropriate standards for the construction of future water points. For the existing water points built in potential areas of pollution, recommendations are given.Use of this template is intended to lead to the fulfilment of the following objectives:

Environmental awareness created among the community/villagers and prevention of further pollution.

Negative environmental impacts of planned and implemented activities minimised.

Potable water is free of contamination.It should be noted that the environmental template is not intended to replace other documents (eg from Ministry of Local Government and other sources) on environmental issues. Instead it compliments them with emphasis on water points. The environmental template includes information on site selection with respect to pit latrines, human settlements, graves, crop growing and kraals. Guidance for fencing of the water source is given. Roles and responsibilities for the water user committee and caretaker are given, as well as ‘do’s and don’ts’ for the community to consider after water source completion. The template includes a form to assist district extension staff in collecting field information. Planning the construction of a water pointWhen planning the construction of a water point, the following considerations need to be made (Figure 1):

2

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

Locate the water point at least 50m from pit latrines. For uphill pit latrines the distance should be at least 80m.

Graveyards are also a source of contamination. The water point should be located at least 50m from an existing graveyard.

Avoid building water points near human settlements to minimise the risk of pollution. The water points should be located at least 50m away from homes.

Water points should never be constructed any closer than 50m from Kraals. Table 1 sets out the does and don’ts for the community to follow at the time of planning water points. Figure 1 Siting of Water Points

Table 1 Does and Table 1 Does and don’ts for the community to follow when planning water pointsDOES Select location and construction based on available hydrological and hydro geological

data. The Water and Sanitation Committee must enforce bylaws (eg hygiene use of the

water) Involve the community, including women and men, boys and girls, in siting and

technology choice. Situate the water point in areas that can easily be drained so that excess water does

not stagnate around it, and create a potential breeding ground for mosquitoes. Make sure that the water point has a drainage channel to carry spilled water into soak-

ways. Align with stones the line outside of the apron and drainage channel of the handpump

(well, borehole) with stones to prohibit soil erosion. Provide a cut-off drain alongside the springs and gravity flow streams.

At least 50mAt least80m

At least 50m

3

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

Ensure that there are no cracks in the platforms or retaining wall before the water point construction works is completed.

Observe the environmental conditions or land use activities in water catchment area. Observe the threats to the wetlands, which act to recharge water tables. Consider other water points in the area prior the provision new one so that there is

minimal impact on water table lowering. Monitor water flow for both dry and wet season before selection of the site. Secure at least 50m x 100m land in the upstream/surrounding area of water point in

order to conserve water shed under natural vegetation cover.DON’TS Don’t locate the water point near bathing, washing and recreation activities. Don’t locate the water point near small-scale industries such as garages, petrol

stations, brick making activities and tannery. Don’t site a water point in areas that flood during the rainy season. Don’t locate water point near waste dumpsite or sanitary landfill. Don’t locate the water point in nuclear wetland. Don’t locate the water point near the fish farming pounds to avoid conflicting of

interests Don’t locate the water point near cattle spraying race of dip tanksThe community should fence the water point to protect it from interference and contamination by animals and human activities (Figure 2 and Figure 3): For the spring it is necessary to fence off the area in the vicinity of the catchment and

extending 54 to 180 steps (30 to 100m, or 98 - 328ft) above it. For hand pumps (shallow wells, boreholes) a fence should be constructed with a

minimum distance of 5 steps (3m, or 10ft) around the apron and 1 step (60cm, or 3ft) along the drainage channel. The area of the fence in line with the pump handle should have vertical poles restricting movement of the handle within one vertical plane. The pump handle should have as well cross bars restricting how far above and below the handle can move.

For gravity flow schemes a fence should be constructed around the intake extending 54 to 180 steps ((30 to 100m, or 98 - 328ft). A fence should also be constructed along the tap-stand with a minimum distance of 1 step (60cm, or 2ft) around the apron and the drainage channel.

Figure 2 Fenced Handpump

Figure 3 Protected Spring

4

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

After Completion of WorksOnce construction has been completed, the Water User Committee should:

hold regular meetings mobilise the community for sanitation and hygiene improvement, maintain an up-to-date record of water users, mobilise users to pay for operational and maintenance cost and properly look after

water point funds, and Ensure preventive maintenance, i.e. carry out minor service and/or major service

on repairs cracks, etc.The caretaker should:

show the users how to use the water source properly, maintain the fence around the pump, keep the area around the water point clean, undertake environmental protection measures, such as planting high water

absorbing plants at the end of the drainage channel, protection of the water catchment and ensuring that users do not pollute the water point,

promote hygienic handling of water by using clean containers among users and Monitor the groundwater level in the wells, and the yield of the springs.

Table 2 sets out the does and don’ts for the community to consider after completion of works.Table 2 Does and Don’t for the community after completion of worksDOES Collect water in clean containers and store it in clean containers to avoid water

contamination. Promote boiling for drinking water. Plant grass in the surroundings of the water point to avoid the risk of flooding and

landslides. Flooding might wipe-out/destroy the water point. Line the area around the drainage channel with stones to protect it from erosion. Keep the cut-off drainage clean. Keep the drainage working properly to eliminate the mosquito breeding sites. Ensure that the water point sites are clean, fenced and protected from any kind of

vandalism and misuse. Ensure at all times that the fence is repaired and kept in good condition. Carry out preventive maintenance on the well, borehole and handpump. Ensure that the water point drainage channel and the soak-away is kept clean. Check the water quality for presence of faecal coli forms and nitrates for areas where

existing pit latrines are located near the water point (less than 50m steps below the water point and 80m for uphill ones),

Ensure that there are no cracks in the slab or loose pump base of the hand-pump (well, borehole).

If the well is old or poorly cemented or if there are visible cracks in the casing, improvements to the well shall be done. Simple methods of capping the well or sealing it at the surface could prove effective in eliminating further contamination.

5

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

Boiled drinking water at all times, if the water point is closer than 50m from a graveyard, latrine or Kraal.

Promote routine surveillance monitoring of water quantity and quality of water point Plant indigenous grass to avoid introduction of exotic species which can be invasive

in the environment

DON’TS Avoid stagnant water since it is the breeding ground for mosquitoes, and a mosquito

is the vector of malaria. Prevent cracks in the handpump platform. If the handpump platform is old or poorly

constructed and has visible cracks, this might allow contamination enter the groundwater.

Avoid constructions of kraals, graveyards or pit latrines near the water point since they might contaminate the water.

Avoid either animal or human faeces lying around the water source. Neither animal/human faeces shall be buried closer than 30m from the water source. Water becomes contaminated when it comes in contact with faecal material of human and animals.

Avoid dumping solid waste within 300m of the water source since it may contaminate the water.

Avoid the use of fertilisers and pesticides for crop activities in the surrounding of the water point. It is possible that fertilisers and/or pesticides contaminate the water point by entering the groundwater through the soil.

Do not allow bathing in the water sources used for drinking. Water quality for recreational and religious bathing in not usually a serious problem, but if the water source is used for drinking, bathing should not be allowed. Also bathing and washing clothes at the water point produce accumulation of standing water. Stagnant water breeds mosquitoes.

No cars should be washed at water sources. While washing cars, oil might be spilled which will contaminate the water.

Do not allow the small-scale industries such as garages, petrol stations, alcohol distilling, brick making and tannery activities within 90 steps from the water point.

Avoid washing clothes and kitchen utensils near the water points to minimize pollution by detergents.

Avoid establishing livestock watering points near water point avoid organic inputs from cow dung.

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE

An environmental monitoring template11 to assist District local Governments in collecting and keeping records of field information has been produced (Table 3). The template should assist the officials, mainly in the post construction monitoring of the water users, water facilities and the environment. District local Governments can use the information

11 The form was reviewed by a District Water Officers, a Community Mobilisation Officers and Sanitation Officers and then tested in the TSU 5 TSU 8 and TSU4 Districts. Comments from the various district staff and other sector stakeholders were incorporated into the final template that is being disseminated to the local governments.

6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

collected in the templates in identifying where to provide follow-on support, as well as data sources for the quarterly and annual reports. The data collection shall be undertaken with the Community Mobilisation Officer; however, either the water facility caretaker or a member of the community shall answer the questionnaire. After the results of the questionnaire have been analysed, recommendations will be provided to the community. Some possible recommendations are given below, and should be used in guiding the communities to address any problems observed. One copy of the completed template should be left with the community, and one delivered to the District Water Officer for possible action.There is no economical way to clean up contaminated water while it is in the ground. Instead, the options for taking action will likely be to treat the water, dig a new or deeper well, or switch to an alternative water supply. The choice among these options should be based on an expert evaluation of the source of the problem and a realistic assessment of the cost involved in each option.

7

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

Table 3 Environmental Monitoring TemplateDate of Field

Visit:Date of Field

Visit:Date of Field

Visit:W

ater

So

urce

Name of water Point/Ref. NumberType of Water PointGPS references

Loca

tion

VillageParishSub CountyCounty District

Func

tion

alit

y an

d co

mm

unit

y m

anag

emen

t

Functional/Not functional/AbandonedYield (1/s)In use/not in useSource status- okay/not okayWhat is the water quality clear/dirty/taste/smelly/ othersStructure condition of slab/hand pump etcWUC formed/not formedNo. of MenNo. of women

8

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

Date of Field Visit:

Date of Field Visit:

Date of Field Visit:

Func

tion

alit

y an

d co

mm

unit

y m

anag

emen

tAre there women with key positions (ie chairperson, vice-chairperson, treasurer, secretary). State positionsIs the WUC active (eg regular meetings, minutes, records)? State how active.Training and follow-upInitial training completed (date)Follow-up visits or training held (specify type and dates)Home visits on hygiene and sanitation held- yes/noCare taker equipped/not equippedFacility fenced/not fencedO&M fund collected/not collected

Envi

ronm

ent

al

Conc

erns

Surrounding clean/not clean (Indicate which wastes)Storm drain(springs & bore hole) available/not availableDrainage/soak pit exists- yes/noDrainage/soak pit functional/not functional

9

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

Date of Field Visit:

Date of Field Visit:

Date of Field Visit:

Surface around water point bare/covered with grass

Envi

ronm

enta

l Con

cern

s

Activity around the water facility e.g.; Brick laying, cattle kraals, car & cloth washing, car garage, grave yard. Yes/No Location of small scale industries like tannery, alcohol distilling, or petrol stations/petroleum products storage (distance in ft)Establishment of horticultural activities (and other activities that use pesticides). (If yes distance from water point in feet)Distance from nearest latrine (ft)Any other potential contaminants in the surroundingIs the water shed area well vegetated or being degraded?

10

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

Date of Field Visit:

Date of Field Visit:

Date of Field Visit:

Wetlands around the water sources conserved or being degraded.

Additional Comments

OfficerName in full:Designation:Sign:Date:Community RepresentativeName in full:Designation:Sign:Date:

OfficerName in full:Designation:Sign:Date:Community RepresentativeName in full:Designation:Sign:Date:

OfficerName in full:Designation:Sign:Date:Community RepresentativeName in full:Designation:Sign:Date:

11

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING TEMPLATE FOR WATER & SANITATION

12